Home

SVX9000 AF Drives Volume Contents SVX9000

1. Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 17 Reference limit 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 351 supervision value P1 3 18 External brake 0 0 100 0 s 0 5 352 Off delay P1 3 19 External brake 0 0 100 0 s 1 5 353 On delay P1 3 20 Temperature 0 2 0 354 0 No limit supervision 1 Low limit function 2 High limit P1 3 21 Temperature 10 75 c 0 355 limit value P1 3 22 Analog output 2 AnOUT 0 1 AnOUT E 10 AnOUT A 1 471 TTF programming method signal selection used See Page 6 3 P1 3 23 Analog output 2 0 8 4 472 See P1 3 2 function P1 3 24 Analog output 2 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 473 0 00 No filtering filter time P1 3 25 Analog output 2 0 1 0 474 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 26 Analog output 2 0 1 0 475 0 0mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 27 Analog output 2 10 1000 100 476 100 No scaling scaling Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 Table 4 5 Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 500 0 0 Linear 50 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 501 0 0 Linear 50 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 3 Acceleration 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 502 time 2 P1 4 4 Deceleration 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 503 time 2 P1 4 5 Brake chopper 0 4 0 504 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4
2. Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 7 Actual value 2 input O 10 0 335 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power 10 Actual speed P1 2 8 Actual value 1 1600 0 1600 0 0 0 336 0 0 No minimum scaling minimum scale P1 2 9 Actual value 1 1600 0 1600 0 100 0 337 100 0 No maximum scaling maximum scale P1 2 10 Actual value 2 1600 0 1600 0 0 0 338 0 0 No minimum scaling minimum scale P1 2 11 Actual value 2 1600 0 1600 0 100 0 339 100 0 No maximum scaling maximum scale P1 2 12 AI1 signal selection AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN 0 1 377 TTF programming method used See Page 6 3 P1 2 13 Al1 signal range 0 320 0 Signal range 0 100 9 1 Signal range 20 100 2 Custom range 9 P1 2 14 Al1 custom 160 00 321 minimum setting P1 2 15 A11 custom 160 00 322 maximum setting P1 2 16 Al1 inversion 0 323 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 17 Al1 filter time 0 00 10 00 0 10 324 10 00 No filtering P1 2 189 Al2 signal selection AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN A 2 388 TTF programming method used See Page 6 3 P1 2 19 AI2 signal range 0 1 325 0 0 20mAe 124 20mA9 2 custom setting range 9 P1 2 20 AI2 custom 160 00 0 00 326 minimum setting P1 2 21 Al2 custom 160 00 100 00 327 maximum setting P1 2 22 Al2 inversion 0 0 328 0 N
3. 118 A014 Output frequency Programmable ma 19 AO1 Analog output Range 0 20 mA R max 5000 READY 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable CO READY Open collector lt 50 mA V lt 48V DC OPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 L a RO1 aw RUN RUN 237 ROT 24 RO2 Relay output 2 1 7 25 RO2 Pak FAULT y 26 R02 s Note For more information on jumper selections see the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 4 e e e ej eje eje 2H 1 2 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given by ID number in Chapter 8 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust User s customized setting ID D number of the parameter for reference to Chapter 8 Parameter value can only be changed when the SVX9000 is stopped Basic Parameters
4. Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 1 19 PID reference 2 0 7 7 371 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Al3 3 Al4 4 Keypad PID 5 Fieldbus reference 6 Motor potentiometer 7 Keypad PID 2 P1 2 1 2 PID error value 0 1 0 340 0 No inversion inversion 1 Inversion P1 2 1 3 PID reference 0 1 100 0 5 0 341 Time for reference to rise from rise time 096 to 10096 P1 2 1 4 PID reference 0 1 100 0 5 0 342 Time for reference to fall from fall time 10096 to 096 P1 2 1 5 PID actual value 0 7 0 333 0 Actual value 1 selection 1 Actual 1 Actual 2 2 Actual 1 Actual 2 3 Actual 1 Actual 2 4 Max Actual 1 Actual 2 5 Min Actual 1 Actual 2 6 Mean Actual 1 Actual 2 7 Sart Act1 Sqrt Act2 P1 2 1 6 Actual value 1 0 5 2 334 0 Not used selection 1 2AI1 2 AI2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus P1 2 1 7 Actual value 2 0 5 0 335 0 Not used selection 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus P1 2 1 8 Actual value 1 1600 0 1600 0 0 0 336 0 0 No minimum scaling minimum scale P1 2 1 9 Actual value 1 1600 0 1600 0 100 0 337 100 0 No maximum scaling maximum scale P1 2 1 10 Actual value 2 1600 0 1600 0 0 0 338 0 0 No minimum scaling minimum scale P1 2 1 11 Actual value 2 1600 0 1600 0 100 0 339 100 0 No maximum scaling maximum scale P1 2 1 12 Motor 0 1 2000 0 Hz s 10 0 331 potentiometer ra
5. Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 1 AO1 signal AnOUT 0 1 AnOUT E 10 464 TTF programming method used selection See Page 6 3 P1 3 2 Analog output 0 8 1 307 0 Not used function 1 Output freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fMax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current 0 InMotor 5 Motor torque 0 TnMotor 6 Motor power 0 PnMotor 7 Motor voltage 0 VnMotor 8 DC bus volt O 1000V P1 3 3 Analog output 0 00 10 00 S 1 00 308 0 00 No filtering filter time P1 3 4 Analog output O 1 0 309 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 5 Analog output O 1 0 310 0 0 mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 6 Analog output 10 1000 100 311 scale 4 6 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 4 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 continued SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 7 Digital output 1 O 22 1 312 0 Not used function 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Jog speed se
6. April 2004 1028 Autochange interlocks 7 P1 9 25 automatics selection 0 Automatics autochange interlockings applied to auxiliary drives only The motor controlled by SVX9000 remains the same Only a utility line contactor is needed for each auxiliary drive See Figure 8 61 F F ii lt A lt A F F M Motor Aux 2 Motor Aux 2 Ty Figure 8 61 Autochange Applied to Auxiliary Drives Only 1 All drives included in the autochange interlockings sequence The motor controlled by the SVX9000 is included in the automatics and two contactors are needed for each auxiliary drive to connect it to the utility or the SVX9000 See Figure 8 62 F F i CT Auxiliary Auxiliary Connection Connection F Hi Drive 1 v Drive 2 v Figure 8 62 Autochange with All Drives MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 79 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 1029 Autochange interval 7 P1 9 26 After the expiration of the time defined with this parameter the autochange function takes place if the capacity used lies below the level defined with ID1031 Autochange frequency limit and ID1030 Maximum number of auxiliary drives Should the capacity exceed the value of ID1031 the autochange will not take place before the capac
7. April 2004 H6 je H4 H3 gt W4 To 9 1 PA i q F O Ho Jj O Gid wi E gore wa ER W2 ITO l O 4 eg E 1 o o Y Hp To shi pag i electis H1 gt Figure A 11 FR9 Enclosure Dimensions Table A 8 FR9 Enclosure Dimensions Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Size Voltage W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 D1 D2 D3 Dia FR9 480V 18 8 15 75 6 5 35 2 12 45 27 44 28 3 8 62 7 4 14 25 13 38 11 22 82 575V 480 400 165 9 54 T1150 1120 721 205 16 188 362 340 285 21 Brake resistor terminal box H6 included when brake chopper ordered For more information visit www eatonelectrical com A 13 MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Dia A C 6 O dg D1 o o o e Ol p2 A D3 Y Y Leila H2 mleH4 H5 gt H3 H3 H3 lt H5 H7 a q e y E M TT rk W5 W4 W3 Opening At W2 W1 mam 3 W4 o ah OY Y NG 5 oF gr AN Y H6 gt lt H1 Opening gt Figure A 12 FR9 with Flange Kit Enclosure Dimensions Table A 9 FRY with Flange Kit Enclosure Dimensions Frame Approximate Dimensions
8. April 2004 900 00 800 00 700 00 600 00 500 00 P IW 400 00 300 00 200 00 0016SVX 400V 0022SVX 500V 100 00 0016SVX 500V 0031SVX 400V 0022SVX 400V 0031SVX 500V 0 00 0 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 16 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 3 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 5 7 1 2 hp 230V 7 1 2 15 hp 480V 1400 00 1200 00 1000 00 800 00 P W 600 00 400 00 200 00 0038SVX 400V 0045SVX 500V 0038SVX 500V 0061SVX 400V 0045SVX 400V 0061SVX 500V 0 00 r T r r 7 7 0 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 16 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 4 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 10 15 hp 230V 20 30 hp 480V MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com A 7 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 2500 00 2000 00 1500 00 P W 1000 00 500 00 0072SVX 400V 0087SVX 500V 0072SVX 500V 0105SVX 400V 0087SVX 400V 0105SVX 500V 0 00 0 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 5 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 20 30 hp 230V 40 60 hp 480V 4000 00 3500 00
9. 0 Signal Range Figure 8 28 Reduction of Acceleration and Deceleration Times 4 Reduces torque supervision limit Set supervision limit can be reduced with the free analog input signal between 0 and set supervision limit ID349 see Figure 8 29 A Torque 100 Limit Par ID349 Free Analog Input gt 0 Signal Range Figure 8 29 Reduction of Torque Supervision Limit MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 33 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 363 Start Stop logic selection 3 P1 2 15 place B 0 DIN4 closed contact start forward DIN5 closed contact start reverse A FWD Output Frequency Stop Function ID506 Coasting m REV DIN4 DINS 2 Figure 8 30 Place B Start Forward Start Reverse O The first selected direction has the highest priority When the DIN4 contact opens the direction of rotation starts to change 3 If Start forward DIN4 and Start reverse DIN5 signals are active simultaneously the Start forward signal DIN4 has priority 1 DIN4 closed contact start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact reverse open contact forward FWD Output Stop Function Frequen
10. Figure 8 36 Joystick Hysteresis with Minimum Frequency at 35 Hz 386 Al1 sleep delay 6 P1 2 2 10 This parameter defines the time the analog input signal has to stay under the Sleep limit determined with parameter ID385 in order to stop the SVX9000 388 Al2 signal selection 234567 P1 2 9 P1 2 18 P1 2 3 1 Connect the A12 signal to the analog input of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see Page 6 3 8 40 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 393 Al2 reference scaling 6 P1 2 3 6 minimum value 394 Al2 reference scaling 6 P1 2 3 7 maximum value See ID303 and ID304 395 AI2 joystick hysteresis 6 P1 2 3 8 See ID384 396 A12 sleep limit 6 P1 2 3 9 See ID385 397 Al2 sleep delay 6 P1 2 3 10 See ID386 399 Scaling of current limit 6 P1 2 6 1 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN2 This signal will adjust the maximum motor current between 0 and max limit set with ID107 400 Scaling of DC braking current 6 P1 2 6 2 See ID399 for the selections DC braking current can be reduced with the free analog input signal between current 0 4 x lu and the current set with parameter ID507
11. 0 00 ccc eee ee eee 4 10 Table 4 8 Protections M1 3 G1 7 22 2 eee eee eens 4 11 Table 4 9 Auto Restart Parameters M12 G1 8 llle eee 4 12 Table 4 10 Keypad Control Parameters M2 lees 4 13 Table 4 11 Monitoring Menu eene 4 13 Table 4 12 Operate Menu Items lessen n 4 14 Table 5 1 PID Control Application Default I O Configuration 5 2 Table 5 2 Basic Parameters M12 G1 1 sse en 5 3 Table 5 3 Input Signals M1 3 G1 2 0 0 n 5 5 Table 5 4 Output Signals M13 G1 3 lesen 5 8 Table 5 5 Drive Control Parameters M1 3 G1 4 llle 5 10 Table 5 6 Prohibit Frequencies M1 3 G1 5 es 5 10 Table 5 7 Motor Control Parameters M1 3 G1 6 elles 5 11 Table 5 8 Protections M1 3 G1 7 2 2 2 enn 5 12 Table 5 9 Auto Restart Parameters M12 G1 8 llle 5 13 Table 5 10 Keypad Control Parameters M2 leeren 5 14 Table 5 11 Monitoring Menu en 5 14 Table 5 12 Operate Menu Items lessen 5 15 Table 6 1 Multi Purpose Control Application Default I O Configuration 6 2 Table 6 2 Basic Parameters M12 G1 1 llle en 6 6 Table 6 3 Basic Input Signals M12 G1 2 1 2 1 0 0 ce eee 6 8 Table 6 4 Analog Input 1 M12 G1 2 2 lessen 6 8 Table 6 5 Analog Input 2 M1 G1 2 3
12. A 1 1 Open SVX9000 Catalog Numbers llle 1 2 CHAPTER 2 MOUNTING seseeseee hh 2 1 Space Requirements ehh hrs 2 1 Environmental Requirements les 2 2 Standard Mounting Instructions eee eee 2 2 CHAPTER 3 POWER WIRING seeeeee eee een eens 3 1 Guidelines T TELE 3 1 UL Compatible Cable Selection and Installation 0000 cece eee 3 2 Installation Instructions se rera idge ieoten a a eee 3 4 Standard Wiring Diagrams and Terminal Locations 3 7 Power and Motor Wiring Terminal Photos 0c cece eee eee 3 10 Checking the Cable and Motor Insulation a 3 16 CHAPTER 4 CONTROL WIRING 2 2 0222 20 4 1 General Information llle 4 1 Control Wiring Details ez anda Maced m one AN e Fc cede eb AKALA 4 3 CHAPTER 5 MENU INFORMATION ssseeee m 5 1 Keypad Operation 2 22 m x m exe ed REC Gg REL a Rd 5 1 Menu NAVIGAatION ns e eer ERG EEG E EEGI L DEAD CERE CET CERE FR 5 3 CHAPTER 6 START UP sseseee ehh 6 1 Safety Precautions ordei RE odie n ORE eR EX KG R DEAN EUREN XN 6 1 Sequence of Operation ccc coe ee da xu RR ox CE E EX ER CERES Ex E ux 6 2 APPENDIX A TECHNICAL DATA ueeseeeee en A 1 General users eese ceu due rei dou EE dep re Rond A 1 SPECITICALIONS Xuan sada T qa D IL PE A 2 Power Ratings sc eset rper hae WAPIN NA Adee PB KA Kan AU
13. April 2004 gt H6 H4 dk H4 gt lt H5 gt Dia _ 7 la o o I ce W4 W2 o IH ma H2 lt H1 W3 gt gt H7 j W1 gt um MON E p 9 O D1 1 OQ O QO aT ND BBL HUGE KAAU TY k H3 Figure A 10 NEMA 1 with Flange Kit FR7 and FR8 Enclosure Dimensions Table A 7 FR7 and FR8 with Flange Kit Enclosure Dimensions Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Size Voltage W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 Dia FR7 230V 9 33 6 8 10 62 10 25 6 24 8 24 8 7 42 7 42 9 78 10 1 46 25 480V 237 175 270 253 652 632 630 188 5 188 5 23 20 257 117 5 5 575V FR8 480V 11 22 13 97 13 32 75 29 33 10 15 10 43 1 7 2 24 11 3 4 33 35 575V 285 355 330 832 745 258 265 43 57 288 110 9 A 12 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual
14. MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 2 1 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Control Input Output Reference potentiometer 1 10 kQ fg E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 2 1 Standard Application Default I O Configuration Remote reference 0 4 20 m Terminal Signal Description OPTA9 10Vret Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al1 Analog input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference 0 10V DC 3 Al1 I O Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analog input current range Current input frequency reference 5 Al2 0 20 mA 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls 8 DIN1 Start forward programmable Contact closed start forward 9 DIN2 Start reverse programmable Contact closed start reverse 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault programmable Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see terminal 6 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls 14 DIN4 Multi step speed select 1 DIN
15. cece eeee 8 80 Figure 8 64 Actual Value Special Display 0 00 cece eee teens 8 81 Figure A 1 Brake Control with Additional Limits a A 1 Figure A 2 Brake Control Logic han A 2 List of Tables Table 1 1 Basic Application Default I O Configuration llle 1 2 Table 1 2 Basic Parameters M1 eres 1 3 Table 1 3 Keypad Control Parameters M2 leen 1 4 Table 1 4 Monitoring Menu ehh rr 1 5 Table 1 5 Operate Menu Items 0 000 eens 1 6 Table 2 1 Standard Application Default I O Configuration 2 2 Table 2 2 Basic Parameters M13 G1 1 lese eere 2 3 Table 2 3 Input Signals M13 G1 2 lessen 2 4 Table 2 4 Output Signals M12 G1 3 lesen 2 5 Table 2 5 Drive Control Parameters M13 G1 4 a 2 6 Table 2 6 Prohibit Frequencies M1 3 G1 5 elles 2 7 Table 2 7 Motor Control Parameters M13 G1 6 eee eee eens 2 7 Table 2 8 Protections M1 gt G1 7 eh 2 8 Table 2 9 Auto Restart Parameters M12 G1 8 eee eee 2 9 Table 2 10 Keypad Control Parameters M2 seeeee ee 2 10 Table 2 11 Monitoring Men iiie Ew Rex RE ER ee Eshu eee eR bee EE 2 10 Table 2 12 Operate Menu Items 0 000 tenet eens 2 11 Table 3 1 Local Remote Application Default I O Configuration 3 2 Table 3 2
16. llle 6 9 Table 6 6 Analog Input 3 M13 G1 2 4 n 6 9 Table 6 7 Analog Input 4 M13 G1 2 5 nn 6 10 Table 6 8 Free Analog Input M1 gt G1 2 6 2 2 2 een 6 10 Table 6 9 Digital Inputs M1 G1 2 7 2 n 6 11 Table 6 10 Delayed Digital Output 1 M12 G1 3 1 eee 6 12 Table 6 11 Delayed Digital Output 2 M13 G1 3 2 lees 6 12 Table 6 12 Digital Output Signals M1 3 G1 3 3 lees 6 13 Table 6 13 Limit Settings M1 3 G1 3 4 ees 6 14 Table 6 14 Analog Output 1 M1 gt G1 3 5 00 ccc eee 6 15 Table 6 15 Analog Output 2 M12 G1 3 6 eee 6 16 Table 6 16 Analog Output 3 M13 G1 3 7 cse 6 16 Table 6 17 Drive Control Parameters M1 3 G1 4 lees 6 16 Table 6 18 Prohibit Frequencies M1 3 G1 5 2 2 ees 6 17 Table 6 19 Motor Control Parameters M12 G1 6 2 2 eee eee 6 18 Table 6 20 Protections M1 G1 7 lessen 6 19 Table 6 21 Auto Restart Parameters M12 G1 8 llle 6 20 Table 6 22 Fieldbus Parameters M12 G1 9 lesser 6 21 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com V For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 List of Tables continued Table 6 23 To
17. DIN4 DIN5 DING Status V1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 OFF OFF ON Figure 5 11 Digital and Relay Outputs DO1 RO1 RO2 Status MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 19 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Multimonitor V7 17 This parameter allows the viewing and selection if allowed by System menu item P5 5 4 of three simultaneously monitored items from the Monitored Menu Items shown in Table 5 12 Use the right arrow key to select the item to be modified and then the up or down arrow keys to select the new item Press the ENTER key to accept the change Operate Menu M8 The Operate Menu provides a easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items Some applications also support the setting of reference values in this menu The items displayed vary by application Table 5 13 is an example for the Standard application Table 5 13 Operate Menu Items Standard Application Example Code Signal Name Unit Description 0 1 Output Frequency Hz Output frequency 0 2 FreqReference Hz Frequency reference O 3 Motor Speed rpm Calculated motor speed 0 4 Motor Current A Measured motor current 0 5 Motor Torque Calculated torque based on nominal motor torque 0 6 Motor
18. M1 Table 1 2 Basic Parameters M1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 Min frequency 0 00 P1 2 Hz 0 00 101 P1 2 Max frequency P1 1 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 NOTE If fyax gt motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 103 P1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 104 P1 5 Current limit 0 4xlu 2xlu JA IL 107 lu is the nominal current rating of the SVX9000 P1 62 Nominal voltage of 180 690 V SVX 2 110 Motor nameplate value the motor 230V SVX 4 460V P1 7 Nominal frequency 30 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 111 Motor nameplate value of the motor P1 89 Nominal speed of 300 20 000 rpm 1775 112 Motor nameplate value The default the motor applies for a 4 pole motor and a nominal size SVX9000 P1 99 Nominal current of O 4xlu 2xlu JA lH 113 Motor nameplate value the motor P1 10 Power factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Motor nameplate value P1 11 Start mode 0 1 0 505 0 Ramp 1 Flying start P1 12 Stop mode 0 3 1 506 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P1 13 Local Control 1 3 2 171 1 1 0 Terminal Place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 1 3 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com
19. M1 gt G1 9 SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 9 1 Fieldbus min 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 850 scale P1 9 2 Fieldbus max 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 851 scale P1 9 3 Fieldbus data out 0 10000 1 852 Monitoring data chosen 1 selection with parameter ID P1 9 4 Fieldbus data out 0 10000 2 853 Monitoring data chosen 2 selection with parameter ID P1 9 5 Fieldbus data out 0 10000 3 854 Monitoring data chosen 3 selection with parameter ID P1 9 6 Fieldbus data out 0 10000 4 855 Monitoring data chosen 4 selection with parameter ID P1 9 7 Fieldbus data out 0 10000 5 856 Monitoring data chosen 5 selection with parameter ID P1 9 8 Fieldbus data out 0 10000 6 857 Monitoring data chosen 6 selection with parameter ID P1 9 9 Fieldbus data out 0 10000 7 858 Monitoring data chosen 7 selection with parameter ID P1 9 10 Fieldbus data out 0 10000 37 859 Monitoring data chosen 8 selection with parameter ID Torque Control Parameters M1 gt G1 10 Table 6 23 Torque Control Parameters M1 gt G1 10 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 10 1 Torque limit 0 0 400 0 400 0 609 P1 10 2 Torque limit 0 32000 3000 610 control P gain P1 10 3 Torque limit 0 32000 200 611 control I gain P1 10 4 Torque reference 0 8 0 641 0 Not used s
20. The external brake used for additional braking can be controlled through parameters ID315 ID316 ID346 to ID349 and ID352 ID353 for the Multi Purpose Control Application Selecting On Off Control for the brake defining the frequency or torque limit s the brake should react to and defining the Brake On Off delays will allow an effective brake control See Figure A 1 Torque Limit N E ID349 Frequency Limit ID347 Tua START STOP Brake Off Brake On Delay Delay 1D353 ID352 l Brake Off lt Brake On Figure A 1 Brake Control with Additional Limits In Figure A 1 the brake control is set to react to both the torque supervision limit ID349 and frequency supervision limit ID347 Additionally the same frequency limit is used for both brake off and brake on control by giving ID346 the value 4 Use of two different frequency limits is also possible for which ID315 and ID346 must be given the value 3 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com A 1 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Brake off In order for the brake to release three conditions must be fulfilled 1 the SVX9000 must be in Run state 2 the torque mu
21. 2 11 10Vret Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al1 Analog input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference a Ta 0 10V DC l 3 Al1 l O Ground Ground for reference and controls Remote reference X 4 Al2 Analog input current range Current input frequency reference 0 4 20 mA 5 Al2 0 20 mA 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls d P 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward Wa programmable Ria ee 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse Pa programmable LT Users 10 DIN3 Fault reset Contact closed fault reset programmable 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see terminal 6 a 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls 1 ES 414 DIN4 Jog speed selection Contact closed jog speed active programmable MEN Pa SA eee EET DIN5 External fault Contact open no fault programmable Contact closed fault NN Pa _ _ 116 DING Accel decel time select Contact open P1 1 3 P1 1 4 in use programmable Contact closed P1 4 3 P1 4 4 in use 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DING Connect to GND or 24V may 18 A01 Output frequency Programmable e E Analog output Range 0 20 mA RL max 5009 READY 19 A01 ab GO 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector lt 50 mA V lt 48
22. 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 8 Perform either Test A or Test B without the motor connected to the SVX9000 Test A Control from the Control Panel e Apply input power to the SVX9000 e Press the keypad START button e If not in the Operate Menu go to the Monitoring Menu and check that the output frequency follows the keypad reference e Press the keypad STOP button Test B Control from the I O Terminals e Apply input supply power to the SVX9000 e Change control from the keypad to the I O terminals using the LOCAL REMOTE button e Start the drive by closing the START STOP switch on DIN1 e Change the frequency reference setting on AIT e If not in the Operate Menu go to the Monitoring Menu and check that the output frequency follows the frequency reference e Stop the drive by opening the START STOP switch on DIN1 9 Disconnect all power to the SVX9000 Wait until the cooling fan on the unit stops and the indicators on the panel are not lit If no keypad is present check the indicators in the control panel cover Wait at least five more minutes for the DC bus to discharge Connect the motor to the SVX9000 Switch the power back on and run test 8A or 8B again and check for correct motor rotation If possible perform a start up test with the motor connected to the SVX9000 but not connected to the process If the
23. E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drives User Manual Application Manual Supersedes October 2003 April 2004 Volume Contents SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User amp Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 moon Volume Table of Contents SVX9000 AF Drives User Manaul SAFETY AA AS NG PNPA WING AKA ara V CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW sss Er RIRs 1 1 CHAPTER 2 MOUNTING eR RR RR II 2 1 CHAPTER 3 POWER WIRING esee RR RII 3 1 CHAPTER 4 CONTROL WIRING eee 4 1 CHAPTER 5 MENU INFORMATION eene 5 1 CHAPTER6 START UP ehh 6 1 APPENDIX A TECHNICAL DATA 0 0 00 e eee ee en A 1 APPENDIX B FAULT AND WARNING CODES B 1 SVX9000 AF Drives Application Manual SAFETY 5 vacance e pru deeded nae Davie Gba pais dup S pua I ded vii CHAPTER 1 BASIC APPLICATION 00000 e cece eens 1 1 CHAPTER 2 STANDARD APPLICATION eese 2 1 CHAPTER 3 LOCAL REMOTE APPLICATION lesse 3 1 CHAPTER 4 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION 4 1 CHAPTER 5 PID CONTROL APPLICATION 0000005 5 1 CHAPTER 6 MULTI PURPO
24. For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 2 2 Basic Parameters M1 gt G1 1 continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 12 Remote Control 1 3 1 172 1 I O Terminal Place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 AI1 1 AI2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 174 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 10 00 105 Speeds preset by operator P1 1 13 Local reference P1 1 14 Remote reference O 3 Preset speed 1 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 P1 1 2 P1 1 16 Preset speed 2 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 Table 2 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 19 Start Stop logic 0 6 0 300 DIN1 DIN2 0 Start fwd Start rev 1 Start Stop Rev Fwd 2 Start Stop Run enable 3 Start pulse Stop pulse 4 Fwd Rev 5 Start Stop Rev Fwd 6 Start Stop Run enable P1 2 2 DIN3 function 0 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 Ext fault opening contact 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time select 5 Force control pt to Local 6 Force control pt to Remote 7 Rev if P1 2 1 3 P1 2 3 Current 0 302 0 0 20mA reference offset 124 20mA P1 2 4 Reference 0 00 P1 2 5 Hz 303 Selects the frequency
25. Not used 7 Force control pt to Remote 8 Forward Reverse 9 Jog speed select 10 Fault reset 11 Acc Dec prohibit 12 DC braking command 13 Motor pot UP P1 2 2 DIN3 function 0 13 10 301 Same as P1 2 1 except 13 Motor pot DOWN P1 2 3 DIN5 function 0 13 9 330 Same as P1 2 1 except 13 PID reference 2 select P1 2 49 PID sum point reference 0 7 0 376 0 Direct PID output value 1 Al1 PID output 2 Al2 PID output 3 AI3 PID output 4 Al4 PID output 5 PID keypad PID output 6 Fieldbus PID output 7 Mot pot PID output P1 2 59 Actual value selection 0 7 0 333 0 Actual value 1 1 Actual 1 Actual 2 2 Actual 1 Actual 2 3 Actual 1 Actual 2 4 Min Actual 1 Actual 2 5 Max Actual 1 Actual 2 6 Mean Actual 1 Actual 2 7 Sart Act1 Sqrt Act2 P1 2 6 Actual value 1 selection 0 10 2 334 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power 10 Actual speed MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 5 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer Table 5 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued April 2004
26. Not used function 1 Output freq 0 fMax 2 Freq reference 0 fax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current 0 InMotor 5 Motor torque 0 TnMotor 6 Motor power 0 Pnwotor 7 Motor voltage 0 VnMotor 8 DC link volt 0 1000V 9 PID controller ref value 10 PID contr act value 1 11 PID contr act value 2 12 PID contr error value 13 PID controller output 14 PT100 temperature P1 3 3 8 Analog output 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 308 0 00 No filtering filter time P1 3 3 4 Analog output 0 1 0 309 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 3 5 Analog output O 1 0 310 0 0 mA minimum 124mA P1 3 3 6 Analog output 10 1000 96 100 311 scale P1 3 3 7 lout offset 100 00 100 00 0 00 375 7 18 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 7 12 Analog Output 2 M1 G1 3 4 SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 4 1 Analog output 2 AnOut 0 1 AnOut E 10 AnOut 0 1 471 signal selection P1 3 4 2 Analog output 0 14 0 472 See P1 3 3 2 function P1 3 4 8 Analog output 0 00 10 00 S 1 00 473 0 00 No filtering filter time P1 3 4 4 Analog output 0 1 0 47
27. S5 8 4 Applications A5 8 4 Name of Application D5 8 4 4 1 Application ID D5 8 4 2 Version D5 8 4 4 3 Firmware Interface S5 8 5 Hardware 15 8 5 1 Nominal Unit Power 15 8 5 2 Nominal Unit Voltage E5 8 5 3 Brake Chopper E5 8 5 4 Brake Resistor S5 8 6 Expander Boards S5 8 7 Debug Menu o O F Figure 5 7 System Menu Structure 5 10 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 System Menu Parameters S5 1 Range English Spanish French Portuguese Default English Language LANGUAGE Selection This parameter offers the ability to control the SVX9000 through the keypad in the language of your choice Available languages are English Spanish French and Portuguese S5 2 Default Basic Application APPLICATION Selection This parameter sets the active application When changing applications you will be asked if you want the parameters of the new application to be uploaded to the keypad If you wish to load the new application pa
28. SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 1 2 Basic Parameters M1 continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 14 Remote Control 1 3 1 172 1 1 O Terminal Place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 15 Remote reference O 3 0 174 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 160 V Hz optimization 0 1 0 109 0 Not used 1 Automatic torque boost P1 17 Current reference O 1 1 302 0 No offset 0 20 mA offset 1 Offset 4 mA 20 mA P1 18 Analog output 0 8 1 307 0 Not used function 1 Output freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Output current 0 InMotor 5 Motor torque 0 TnMotor 6 Motor power 0 PnMotor 7 Motor voltage 0 UnMotor 8 DC bus volt 0 1000V P1 190 DIN3 function 0 6 1 301 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable cc 4 Run enable oc 5 Force cp to Local 6 Force cp to Remote P1 20 Preset speed 1 0 00 P1 2 Hz 0 00 105 Speeds preset by operator P1 21 Preset speed 2 0 00 P1 2 Hz 60 00 106 Speeds preset by operator P1 22 Automatic restart 0 1 0 731 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Keypad Control Parameters M2 This menu provides the parameters for the setting of the keypad frequency reference the selection of motor direction when in keypad oper
29. See ID308 481 Analog output 3 inversion 67 P1 3 7 4 P1 3 5 4 See ID309 482 Analog output 3 minimum 67 P1 3 7 5 P1 3 5 5 See ID310 483 Analog output 3 scaling 67 P1 3 7 6 P1 3 5 6 See ID311 8 48 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 484 Analog output 3 offset 67 P1 3 7 7 P 1 3 5 7 See ID375 485 Torque limit 6 P1 2 6 5 See ID399 for the selections 486 Digital output 1 signal 6 P1 3 1 1 selection 6 Connect the delayed DO1 signal to the digital output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see Page 6 3 487 Digital output 1 on delay 6 P1 3 1 3 488 Digital output 1 off delay 6 P1 3 1 4 With these parameters you can set on and off delays for digital outputs Signal Programmed Eq Ct to Digital Output 2 40 1 L DO1 or DO2 Output hs hs ON Delay OFF Delay Figure 8 40 Digital Outputs 1 and 2 On and Off Delays 489 Digital output 2 signal selection 6 P1 3 2 1 See ID486 490 Digital output 2 function 6 P1 3 2 2 See ID312 491 Digital output 2 on delay 6 P1 3 2 3 See ID487 492 Digital output 2 off delay 6 P1 3 1 4 See ID488 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelec
30. Used when running no testing P1 4 6 Start mode 0 1 0 505 0 Ramp 1 Flying start 4 8 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 4 5 Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 continued SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 4 7 Stop mode 0 3 1 506 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P1 4 8 DC braking 0 4 x lH 2 0 x Ig A lu 507 current P1 4 9 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 S 0 00 508 0 00 DC brake is off at stop at stop P1 4 10 Frequency to 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 start DC braking during ramp stop P1 4 11 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 S 0 00 516 0 00 DC brake is off at start at start P1 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 0 Off 1 On P1 4 13 Flux braking 0 4 x IH 2 0 x IH A ly 519 current Skip Frequencies M1 gt G1 5 Table 4 6 Skip Frequencies M1 gt G1 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 5 1 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 2 Hz 0 00 509 range 1 low limit P1 5 2 Skip frequency P1 5 1 320 00 Hz 0 00 510 0 00 No prohibit range 1 range 1 high limit P1 5 3 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 4 Hz 0 00 511 range 2 low limit P1 5 4 S
31. 0 1 0 475 0 0mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 27 Analog output 2 10 1000 100 476 100 No scaling scaling MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 9 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Drive Control Parameters M1 G1 4 Table 5 5 Drive Control Parameters M1 3 G1 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 10 0 S 0 0 500 0 0 Linear 50 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 501 0 0 Linear gt 0 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 3 Acceleration 0 1 3000 0 s 0 1 502 time 2 P1 4 4 Deceleration 0 1 3000 0 s 0 1 503 time 2 P1 4 5 Brake chopper 0 4 0 504 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing P1 4 6 Start mode 0 1 0 505 0 Ramp 1 Flying start P1 4 7 Stop mode 0 3 1 506 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P1 4 8 DC braking 0 4 x IH 2 0 x Ig A lu 507 current P1 4 9 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 S 0 00 508 0 00 DC brake is off at stop at stop P1 4 10 Frequency to 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 start DC braking during ramp stop P1 4 11 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 S 0 00 5
32. 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting If tripping is set active the drive will stop and activate the fault stage Deactivating the protection by setting the parameter to 0 will reset the underload time counter to zero See Page A 4 714 Underload protection field 234567 P1 7 18 weakening area load The torque limit can be set between 10 0 150 0 96 x TnWMotor This parameter gives the value for the minimum torque allowed when the output frequency is above the field weakening point See Figure 8 51 If you change ID113 nominal motor current this parameter is automatically restored to the default value See Page A 4 A Torque Par ID714 Par ID715 Underiead Area f 5 Hz Field Weakening Point Par ID602 Figure 8 51 Setting of Minimum Load 715 Underload protection zero 234567 P1 7 19 frequency load The torque limit can be set between 5 0 150 0 96 x TnMotor This parameter gives value for the minimum torque allowed with zero frequency See Figure 8 51 If you change the value of ID113 nominal motor current this parameter is automatically restored to the default value See Page A 4 8 64 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com ETN Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2
33. 172 The active control place can be changed by pressing the LOC REM button on the keypad There are two different places which the SVX9000 can be controlled from Local and Remote For each control place the actual control source is selected with this parameter a different symbol will appear on the alphanumeric display Table 8 5 Selections for IDs 171 and 172 Control source Symbol O terminals E Keypad Fieldbus 173 Local amp Remote reference 234567 P1 1 13 P1 15 P1 1 14 P1 1 15 174 selection Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled from the keypad MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 9 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual FEIN Table 8 6 Selections for Parameters ID173 and ID174 Cutler Hammer April 2004 Application Select 2 4 5 6 7 0 Analog voltage ref Analog voltage ref Analog voltage ref Analog voltage ref Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3 1 Analog current ref Analog current ref Analog current ref Analog current ref Terminals 4 5 Terminals 4 5 Terminals 4 5 Terminals 4 5 2 Keypad reference Al3 AI1 AI2 AI3 Menu M2 3 Fieldbus reference Al4 Al1 Al2 Al4 Motor Keypad reference Al2 Al1 Keypad referen
34. 20 30 hp CT 3 1 3 1 11 8 3 9 100 480V 40 60 hp CT 50 75 hp VT 80 80 300 575V 30 40 hp CT 40 50 hp VT 8 480V 75 125 hp CT 100 150 hp VT 3 1 5 9 150 3 1 11 8 7 9 200 575V 50 75 hp CT 60 100 hp VT 80 80 300 9 480V 200 250 hp VT 150 200 hp CT 2 0 3 1 15 7 9 8 250 575V 100 150 hp CT 150 200 hp VT 50 80 400 13 8 350 Dimensions represent the minimum clearance needed when mounting a SVX9000 See Figure 2 1 below A clearance around the SVX9000 A clearance needed to change the fan without disconnecting the motor cables B distance between adjacent SVX9000s or between the SVX9000 and an enclosure wall C clearance above the SVX9000 D clearance below the SVX9000 Minimum clearance below the SVX9000 needed to change the fan lc Gv a su 4j ny E N lt B gt lt B gt A j A2 EN A2 7 foe ii Figure 2 1 Mounting Space Requirements If several units are mounted above each other the clearance between the drives should equal C D see Table 2 1 and Figure 2 1 above In addition the outlet air used for cooling the lower unit must be directed away from the inlet air used by the upper unit MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 2 1 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 w
35. 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 7 28 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Sa Chapter 8 Description of Parameters Introduction On the following pages you will find the parameter descriptions arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter A parameter ID number with a footnote e g 418 Motor potentiometer UP indicates that the TTF programming method shall be applied to this parameter see Page 6 3 Some parameter names are followed by a number code indicating the All in One applications in which the parameter is included If no code is shown the parameter is available in all applications See the list of applications below The parameter numbers under which the parameter appears in different applications are also given NO oR WD 101 102 103 104 105 106 Basic Application Standard Application Local Remote Control Application Multi Step Speed Control Application PID Control Application Multi Purpose Control Application Pump and Fan Control Application Minimum frequency P1 1 P1 1 1 Maximum frequency P1 2 P1 1 2 Defines the freq
36. A WARNING Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one output to avoid function overruns and to ensure flawless operation Notice The inputs unlike the outputs cannot be changed in RUN state For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Defining Unused Inputs Outputs All unused inputs and outputs must be given the board slot value 0 and the value 1 for the terminal number The value 0 0 is also the default value for most of the functions However if you want to use the values of a digital input signal for e g testing purposes only you can set the board slot value to 0 and the terminal number to any number between 2 and 10 to place the input to a TRUE state In other words the value 1 corresponds to an open contact and values 2 to 10 to a closed contact In the case of analog inputs setting the value 1 for the terminal number corresponds to 096 value 2 corresponds to 2096 and any value between 3 and 10 corresponds to 1009 Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given by ID number in Chapter 8 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the pres
37. Actions need to be taken in order to restart the drive AR Auto Restart If an AR fault occurs the drive will also stop Fault immediately The fault is reset automatically and the drive tries to restart the motor If the restart is not successful a fault trip FT occurs FT Fault Trip If the drive is unable to restart the motor after an AR fault an FT fault occurs The effect of the FT fault is the same as that of the F fault the drive is stopped Fault Code Range 1 54 Fault codes indicate the cause of the fault A list of fault codes their descriptions and possible solutions can be found in Appendix B Fault and Warning Codes Fault Time Range T 1 T 13 Data Record In this menu important data recorded at the time the fault is available This feature is intended to help the user or the service person to determine the cause of fault Table 5 5 indicates the information that is recorded Table 5 5 Fault Time Data Data Units Description T 10 D Counted operation days Fault 43 Additional code T 20 hh mmi ss Counted operation hours d Fault 43 Counted operation days T 3 Hz Output frequency hh mm ss Fault 43 Counted operation hours T 4 A Motor current T 5 V Motor voltage T 6 96 Motor power T7 96 Motor torque T 8 V DC bus voltage T 9 C Unit temperature T 10 Run status T 11 Direction T 12 Warnings T 13 Zero speed O Real time record I
38. Continuous Capacity 2 Arms uuu 92 GZ vc c cc Vc QOO OOO Figure 4 5 Option Board A2 Terminal Locations Inverting the Digital Input Signal The active signal level depends on which potential the common inputs CMA and CMB terminals 11 and 17 are connected to The alternatives are either 24V or ground OV See Figure 4 6 The 24V control voltage and the ground for the digital inputs and the common inputs CMA CMB can be sourced from either the internal 24V supply or an external supply 24V Ground M E EP ONE MN NE DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 CMA Ground MEM QD M EN p 24V DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 CMA Figure 4 6 Positive Negative Logic Positive logic 424V is the active signal the input is active when the switch is closed Negative logic OV is the active signal the input is active when the switch is closed 4 6 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 SS Chapter 5 Menu Information Keypad Operation v ll mocana a BB888B amem remote locale e e
39. Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual ETN Cutler Hammer April 2004 Motor Control Parameters M1 gt G1 6 Table 3 7 Motor Control Parameters M1 3 G1 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 6 1 Motor control 0 1 0 600 0 Frequency control mode 1 Speed control P1 6 2 V Hz 0 1 0 109 0 Not used optimization 1 Automatic torque boost P1 6 39 V Hz ratio 0 3 0 108 0 Linear selection 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optimization P1 6 4 Field weakening 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 602 point P1 6 5 Voltage at field 10 00 200 00 100 00 603 n x VnMotor weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz curve 0 00 P1 6 4 Hz 60 00 604 midpoint frequency P1 6 7 V Hz curve 0 00 P1 6 5 96 100 00 605 n96 x VnMotor midpoint voltage P1 6 89 Outputvoltage 0 00 40 00 96 0 00 606 n x VnMotor at zero frequency P1 6 9 Switching 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 See Table 8 12 for exact frequency values P1 6 10 Overvoltage 0 2 1 607 0 Not used controller 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping P1 6 11 Undervoltage 0 1 1 608 0 Not used controller 1 Used P1 6 12 Load Drooping 0 00 100 00 0 01 620 Drooping of nominal speed at nominal torque P1 6 13 Identification 0 2 0 631 0 Not used 1 OL V Hz Ratio 2 OL V Hz Boost 3 10 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com
40. Go Of eo O ca S e Figure 5 1 Keypad and Display Table 5 1 LCD Status Indicators Indicator Description Run Indicates that the SVX9000 is running and controlling the load Blinks when a stop command has been given but the SVX9000 is still ramping down Counterclockwise Operation The output phase rotation is BAC corresponding to counterclockwise rotation of most motors Clockwise Operation The output phase rotation is ABC corresponding to clockwise rotation of most motors Sto desee that the SVX9000 is stopped and not controlling the load Ready Indicates that the SVX9000 is ready to be started Alarm Indicates that there is one or more active drive alarm s Fault Indicates that there is one or more active drive fault s 1 O Terminal Indicates that the I O terminals have been chosen for control Keypad ien Indicates that the keypad has been chosen for control Bus Communications Indicates that the communications bus control has been chosen for control 000880 o o6 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 1 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 5 2 LED Status Indicators Indicator Description local
41. Hz 60 00 111 Motor nameplate value of the motor P1 1 89 Nominal speed of 300 20 000 rpm 1775 112 Motor nameplate value The the motor default applies for a 4 pole motor and a nominal size SVX9000 P1 1 99 Nominal current of O 4xly 2xlu A lu 113 Motor nameplate value the motor P1 1 10 Power Factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Motor nameplate value P1 1 11 Local control place 1 3 2 171 1 1 0 Terminal 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 12 Remote control 1 3 1 172 1 1 0 Terminal place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 139 Local control 0 14 8 173 0 Al1 reference 1 Al2 2 AI1 Al2 3 Al1 Al2 4 AI2 AI1 5 Al1xAl2 6 AI1 Joystick 7 Al2 Joystick 8 Keypad 9 Fieldbus 10 Motor potentiometer 11 AI1 AI2 minimum 12 AI1 AI2 maximum 13 Max frequency 14 AI1 AI2 selection 6 6 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Table 6 2 Basic Parameters M1 3 G1 1 continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 149 Remote control 0 14 0 174 0 AIT1 reference 1 2 AI2 2 AI1 Al2 3 Al1 Al2 4 AI2 AI1 5 Al1xAl2 6 AI1 Joystick 7 Al2 Joystick 8 Keypad 9 Fieldbus 10 Motor potentiometer 11 AI1 AI2 minimum 12 AI1 AI2 maximum 13 Max frequ
42. Nominal Voltage of the Motor Field Weakening Point ID605 Default 1096 Default Nominal Frequency of the I T ID606 Pakana f Hz gt Default 1 3 ID604 ID602 Default 5 Hz Figure 8 2 Programmable V Hz Curve Linear with flux optimization 3 The SVX9000 starts to search for the minimum motor current in order to save energy lower the disturbance level and the noise This function can be used in applications with constant motor load such as fans pumps etc 109 V Hz optimization P1 16 P1 6 2 Automatic The voltage to the motor changes automatically which makes the motor torque produce sufficient torque to start and run at low frequencies The voltage boost increase depends on the motor type and rating Automatic torque boost can be used in applications where starting torque due to starting friction is high e g in conveyors Example 1 What changes are required to start the load from 0 Hz e First set the motor nominal values Parameter group 1 1 Option 1 Activate the Automatic torque boost Option 2 Programmable V Hz curve To obtain the required torque the zero point voltage and midpoint voltage frequency in parameter group 1 6 need to be set so that the motor can draw enough current at the low frequencies First set parameter ID108 to Programmable V Hz curve value 2 Increase the zero point voltage ID606 to get enough current at zero speed Then set the mid
43. e The autochange takes place when the time set with P1 9 26 Autochange interval has expired and the capacity used is below the level defined with P1 9 28 Autochange frequency limit e The running drives are stopped and re started in the new sequence e External contactors controlled through the relay outputs of the SVX9000 connect the motors to the SVX9000 or to the utility line If the motor controlled by the SVX9000 is included in the autochange sequence it is always controlled through the relay output activated first The other relays activated later control the auxiliary fixed speed drives see Figures 7 3 and 7 4 7 4 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 P1 9 24 Autochange 0 Autochange not used 1 Autochange used The automatic change of starting and stopping order is activated and applied to either the auxiliary fixed speed drives only or the auxiliary fixed speed drives and the motor controlled by the SVX9000 depending on the setting of P1 9 25 Automatics selection By default the Autochange is activated for 2 drives See Figures 7 1 and 7 3 P1 9 25 Autochange Interlockings automatics selection 0 Automatics autochange interlockings applied to auxiliary fixed speed drives only The motor
44. s 3 0 103 P1 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 104 P1 1 5 Current limit 0 4 x IH 2 Xx Ig IL 107 ly isthe nominal current rating of the SVX9000 P1 1 69 Nominal voltage of 180 690 V SVX 2 110 the motor 230V SVX 4 460V P1 1 79 Nominal frequency 30 00 320 00 Hz 160 00 111 Check the rating plate of the motor of the motor P1 1 8 Nominal speed of 300 20 000 rpm 1775 112 Motor nameplate value The the motor default applies for a 4 pole motor and a nominal size SVX9000 P1 1 99 Nominal current of 0 4xly 2xly A ly 113 Motor nameplate value the motor P1 1 10 Power Factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Motor nameplate value P1 1 11 Local control place 1 3 2 171 1 I O Terminal 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 12 Remote control 1 3 1 172 1 1 0 Terminal place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 4 3 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Table 4 2 Basic Parameters M1 gt G1 1 continued E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 139 Local control 0 3 2 173 0 Al1 reference 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 149 Remote control 0 3 3 174 0 Al1 reference 1 A
45. 0 2 0 348 0 Not used supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 2 6 Torque limit 0 300 0 100 0 349 supervision value P1 3 2 7 Reference limit 0 2 0 350 0 Not used supervision 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 2 8 Reference limit 0 0 100 0 0 0 351 supervision value P1 3 2 9 External 0 0 100 0 s 0 5 352 brake off delay P1 3 2 10 External 0 0 100 0 s 1 5 353 brake on delay MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 7 17 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Table 7 10 Limit Settings M1 3 G1 3 2 continued E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 2 11 FC temperature 0 2 0 354 0 Not used supervision 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 2 12 FC temperature supervised value P1 3 2 13 Analog input 0 AI1 supervision 1 2 AI2 input P1 3 2 14 Analog input 0 Not used supervision 1 Low limit limit 2 High limit P1 3 2 15 Analog input 0 00 100 00 96 0 00 374 supervision value Table 7 11 Analog Output 1 M1 G1 3 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 3 1 Analog output 1 AnOut 0 1 AnOut E 10 AnOut A 1 464 signal selection P1 3 3 2 Analog output 0 14 1 307 0
46. 0 and maximum limit set with ID107 See Figure 8 26 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 31 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 T x orque Limit 10096 Par ID107 Analog Input ov Signal Range 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA Custom Custom Figure 8 26 Scaling of Max Motor Current 2 Reduces DC braking current DC braking current can be reduced with the free analog input signal between current 0 4 x Iy and the current set with ID507 See Figure 8 27 pc Braking Current 10096 Par ID507 0 15xl Free Analog Input 0 Signal Range Figure 8 27 Reduction of DC Braking Current 3 Reduces acceleration and deceleration times Acceleration and deceleration times can be reduced with the free analog input signal according to the following formulas Reduced time set acc decel time ID103 ID104 ID502 ID503 divided by the factor R in Figure 8 28 8 32 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com ETN Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Factor R Free Analog Input
47. 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 439 warning P1 3 3 9 Reverse DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 P1 3 3 10 Unrequested DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 direction P1 3 3 11 At reference DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 speed P1 3 3 12 Jog speed DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 P1 3 3 13 Remote control DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 active P1 3 3 14 External brake DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 control P1 3 3 15 External brake DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 control inverted P1 3 3 16 Output frequency DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 limit 1 supervision P1 3 3 17 Output frequency DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 448 limit 2 supervision P1 3 3 18 Reference limit DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 449 supervision P1 3 3 19 Temperature limit DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 450 supervision P1 3 3 20 Torque limit DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 451 supervision P1 3 3 21 Motor thermal DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 452 protection P1 3 3 22 Analog input DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 463 supervision limit P1 3 3 23 Motor regulator DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 454 9 activation P1 3 3 24 Fieldbus digital DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 455 input 1 P1 3 3 25 Fieldbus digital DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 456 input 2 P1 3 3 26 Fieldbus digital DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 457 e input 3 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrica
48. 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 3 427 Activated if cc Interlock P1 2 6 19 Autochange 3 DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 428 Activated if cc Interlock P1 2 6 20 Autochange 4 DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 429 Activated if cc Interlock P1 2 6 21 Autochange 5 DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 430 Activated if cc Interlock P1 2 6 22 PID reference 2 DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 431 Selected with P1 1 15 oc 9 Selected with P1 2 1 1 cc cc closed contact oc open contact MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 7 15 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 Table 7 9 Digital Output Signals M1 G1 3 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 1 12 Ready DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 432 P1 3 1 22 Run DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 433 P1 3 1 3 Fault DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT A 1 434 P1 3 1 4 Inverted fault DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 435 P1 3 1 5 Warning DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 436 P1 3 1 6 External fault DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 437 warning P1 3 1 7 Reference fault DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 438 war
49. 1 1 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 NOTE If fmax gt the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P1 1 3 Acceleration 0 1 3000 0 s 1 0 103 If the PID controller is used time 1 acceleration time 2 P1 4 3 is automatically used P1 1 4 Deceleration 0 1 3000 0 104 If the PID controller is used time 1 P1 1 5 Current limit 0 4 x lu 2X1H P1 1 6 Nominalvoltage 180 690 of the motor deceleration time 2 P1 4 4 is automatically used 107 1yis the nominal current rating of the SVX9000 110 P1 1 7 Nominal 30 00 320 00 Motor nameplate value frequency of the motor P1 1 8 Nominal speed 300 20 000 Motor nameplate value The of the motor default applies for a 4 pole motor and a nominal size SVX9000 P1 1 9 Nominal current 0 4 x lH 2x IH A lu 113 Motor nameplate value of the motor P1 1 10 Power Factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Motor nameplate value 7 10 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Table 7 2 Basic Parameters M1 gt G1 1 continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 11 Local control 1 3 2 171 1 1 0 Terminal place 2 Key
50. 1 10 11 61 1 10 11 61 1 10 11 61 1 10 11 61 100 300 575V 28 295 28 295 28 295 28 295 3 4 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 2 Locate the plastic bag containing the wiring plate Figure 3 2 Wiring Plate If conduit is being used attach the wiring plate to drive then conduit 4 Pass the motor and input power wires cables through the holes of the wiring plate Connect the input power and motor and control wires to their respective terminals according to the wiring diagrams in the section marked Standard Wiring Diagrams and Terminal Locations on Page 3 7 6 If an optional external brake resistor is used connect its cable to the appropriate terminals See Standard Wiring Diagrams and Terminal Locations 7 If shielded cable is used connect the shields of the input line power cable and the motor cable to the ground terminals of the SVX9000 drive the motor and the line power supply Figure 3 3 Ground Terminal Locations 8 If shielded cable is not used check the connection of the ground cable to the motor the SVX9000 drive and the input line power terminals marked with D MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 3 5 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EM
51. 1 4 20mA 2 custom setting range P1 2 11 Al2 custom 0 00 Analog input 2 scale minimum setting minimum P1 2 12 Al2 custom 0 00 Analog input 2 scale maximum setting maximum P1 2 13 Al2 signal 0 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 2 14 Al2 signal filter 0 00 0 00 No filtering time P1 2 15 Reference 0 00 Selects the frequency that scaling corresponds to the min reference minimum value signal P1 2 16 Reference 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 304 Selects the frequency that scaling corresponds to the max reference maximum value signal 0 00 No scaling Place jumpers of block X2 appropriately MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 4 5 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Table 4 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 input function Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 17 Free analog 0 2 0 361 0 Not used input signal 1 V analog voltage input selection 2 ln analog current input P1 2 18 Free analog 0 0 No function Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 Table 4 4 Output Signals M1 G1 3 1 Reduces current limit P1 1 5 2 Reduces DC braking current 3 Reduces accel and decel times 4 Reduces torque supervision limit
52. 2 A IL 710 P1 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 s 15 00 711 P1 7 16 Stallfrequency 1 0 P1 1 2 Hz 25 0 712 limit P1 7 17 Underload 0 3 0 713 SeeP1 7 3 protection P1 7 18 Underload 10 0 150 0 96 50 0 714 protect from torque P1 7 19 Underload 5 0 150 0 96 10 0 715 protect fo torque P1 7 20 Underload 2 00 600 00 S 20 00 716 protection time limit MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 3 11 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 3 8 Protections M1 3 G1 7 continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 21 Response to 0 3 2 732 See P1 7 3 thermistor fault P1 7 22 Response to 0 3 2 733 See P1 7 3 com fault P1 7 23 Response to slot 0 3 2 734 See P1 7 3 fault Auto Restart Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Table 3 9 Auto Restart Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 s 0 50 717 P1 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 s 30 00 718 P1 8 3 Start mode 0 2 0 719 0 Ramp 1 Flying start 2 Start per P1 4 6 P1 8 4 Number of tries 0 10 0 720 after undervoltage trip P1 8 5 Number of tries 0 10 0 721 after overvoltage trip P1 8 6 Number of t
53. 2004 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 1 Response to 0 5 0 700 0 No response 4 mA reference 1 Warning fault 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Warning Preset Freq P1 7 2 4 Fault stop per P1 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 2 4 mA reference 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 728 fault frequency P1 7 3 Response to 0 3 2 701 0 No response external fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop per P1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 4 Input phase 0 3 0 730 See P1 7 3 supervision P1 7 5 Response to 0 1 0 727 0 Fault Stored undervoltage 1 No History fault P1 7 6 Output phase 0 3 2 702 See P1 7 3 supervision P1 7 7 Ground fault 0 3 2 703 See P1 7 3 protection P1 7 8 Thermal 0 3 2 704 See P1 7 3 protection of the motor P1 7 9 Motor ambient 100 0 100 0 0 0 705 temperature factor P1 7 10 MTP cooling 0 0 150 0 40 0 706 As a of InMotor factor at zero speed P1 7 11 MTP time 1 200 min 45 707 constant P1 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 100 100 708 P1 7 13 Stall protection 0 3 0 709 See P1 7 3 P1 7 14 Stall current 0 1 InMotor X 2 A IL 710 P1 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 s 15 00 711 P1 7 16 Stallfrequency 1 00 P1 1 2 Hz 25 00 712 limit P1 7 17 Underload 0 3 0 713 See P1 7 3 protection P1 7 18 Underload 10 0 150 0 96 50 0 714 protect from torque P1 7 19 Underload 5 0 150 0 96 10 0 7
54. 3 Linear with flux optimiz P1 6 4 Field weakening 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 602 point P1 6 5 Voltage at field 10 00 200 00 100 00 603 n x VnMotor weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz curve 0 00 P1 6 4 Hz 60 00 604 midpoint frequency P1 6 7 V Hz curve 0 00 P1 6 5 96 100 00 605 n x VnMotor midpoint voltage P1 6 89 Output voltage 0 00 40 00 96 0 00 606 n x VnMotor at zero frequency P1 6 9 Switching 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 See Table 8 12 for exact frequency values P1 6 10 Overvoltage 0 2 1 607 0 Notused controller 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping P1 6 11 Undervoltage 0 1 1 608 0 Not used controller 1 Used P1 6 12 Load Drooping 0 00 100 00 96 0 01 620 Drooping of nominal speed at nominal torque P1 6 13 Identification 0 2 0 631 0 Not used 1 OL V Hz Ratio 2 OL V Hz Boost MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 2 7 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Protections M1 G1 7 Table 2 8 Protections M1 3 G1 7 E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 1 Response to 0 5 0 700 0 No response 4 mA reference 1 Warning fault 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Wrng Preset Freq P1 7 2
55. 3 G1 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 6 1 Motor control 0 1 0 600 0 Frequency control mode 1 Speed control P1 6 29 V Hz 0 1 0 109 0 Not used optimization 1 Automatic torque boost P1 6 39 V Hz ratio 0 3 0 108 0 Linear selection 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optimiz P1 6 49 Field weakening 8 00 320 00 Hz 160 00 602 point P1 6 5 Voltage at field 10 00 200 00 100 00 603 n x VnMotor weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz curve 0 00 P1 6 4 Hz 60 00 604 midpoint frequency P1 6 7 V Hz curve 0 00 P1 6 5 96 100 00 605 n x VnMotor midpoint voltage P1 6 89 Output voltage 0 00 40 00 96 0 00 606 n x VnMotor at zero frequency P1 6 9 Switching 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 See Table 8 12 for exact frequency values P1 6 10 Overvoltage 0 2 1 607 0 Notused controller 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping P1 6 11 Undervoltage 0 1 1 608 0 Not used controller 1 Used P1 6 12 Load Drooping 0 00 100 00 0 01 620 Drooping of nominal speed at nominal torque P1 6 13 Identification 0 2 0 631 0 Not used 1 OL V Hz Ratio 2 OL V Hz Boost MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 11 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Protections M1 G1 7 Table 5 8 Protections M1 G1 7 E T N Cutler Hammer April
56. 320 AIT signal range 34567 P1 2 4 P1 2 13 P1 2 2 3 Table 8 9 Selections for Parameter ID320 Application Select 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 10096 0 10096 0 100 1 20 10096 20 10096 20 100 2 Customized 10 10V Customized 3 Customized For selection Customized see ID321 and ID322 321 Al1 custom setting minimum 322 Al1 custom setting maximum 34567 34567 P1 2 5 P1 2 14 P1 2 2 4 P1 2 6 P1 2 15 P1 2 2 5 These parameters set the analog input signal for any input signal span within 0 100 in Applications 3 4 and 6 and within 0 160 in Applications 5 and 7 8 22 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 323 Al signal inversion 3457 P1 2 7 P1 2 16 P1 2 2 6 If this parameter 0 no inversion of analog Vi signal takes place Note In Application 3 AI1 is place B frequency reference if parameter ID131 0 default Output Frequency ID303 ID320 0 AI1 0 100 1D320 1 ID304 Al1 Custom An Term 2 gt 0 ID321 ID322 100 Figure 8 18 Al1 No Signal Inversion If this parameter 1 inversion of analog signal takes place max Al1 signal minimum set speed min Al1 s
57. 4 Fault stop per P1 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 2 4 mA reference 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 728 fault frequency P1 7 3 Response to 0 3 2 701 0 No response external fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop per P1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 4 Input phase 0 3 0 730 See P1 7 3 supervision P1 7 5 Response to 0 1 0 727 0 Fault Stored undervoltage 1 No History fault P1 7 6 Output phase 0 3 2 702 SeeP1 3 supervision P1 7 7 Ground fault 0 3 2 703 SeeP1 3 protection P1 7 8 Thermal 0 3 2 704 SeeP1 3 protection of the motor P1 7 9 Motor ambient 100 0 100 0 96 0 0 705 temperature factor P1 7 10 MTP cooling 0 0 150 0 96 40 0 706 As a of InMotor factor at zero speed P1 7 11 MTP time 1 200 min 45 707 constant P1 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 100 100 708 P1 7 13 Stall protection 0 3 0 709 See P1 7 3 P1 7 14 Stall current 0 1 InMotor X 2 A IL 710 P1 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 s 15 00 711 P1 7 16 Stallfrequency 1 0 I 1 1 2 Hz 25 0 712 limit P1 7 17 Underload 0 3 0 713 See P1 7 13 protection P1 7 18 Underload 10 0 150 0 96 50 0 714 protect fnom torque P1 7 19 Underload 5 0 150 0 96 10 0 715 protect fo torque P1 7 20 Underload 2 00 600 00 S 20 00 716 protect time limit 2 8 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hamme
58. 8 Table 7 18 Auto Restart Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 S 0 50 717 P1 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 S 30 00 718 P1 8 3 Start mode 0 2 0 719 0 Ramp 1 Flying start 2 Start per P1 4 6 P1 8 4 Number of tries 0 10 1 720 after undervoltage trip P1 8 5 Number of tries 0 10 1 721 after overvoltage trip P1 8 6 Number of tries 0 3 1 722 after overcurrent trip P1 8 7 Number of tries 0 10 1 723 after 4 mA trip P1 8 8 Number of tries 0 10 1 726 after motor temp fault trip MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 7 23 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Table 7 18 Auto Restart Parameters M1 gt G1 8 continued E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 8 9 Number of tries 0 10 0 725 after external fault trip P1 8 10 Number of tries 0 10 1 738 after underload fault trip Table 7 19 Pump and Fan Control Parameters M1 gt G1 9 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 9 1 Number of 0 4 0 1001 auxiliary drives P1 9 2 Start frequency P1 9 3 320 00 Hz 61 00 1002 auxiliary drive 1 P1 9 3 Stop
59. Acknowledge Timeout or if the received acknowledgement is faulty Acknowledge ment System Information S5 8 This section contains hardware and software information as well as operation information S5 8 1 Total TOTAL COUNTERS Counters n the Total Counters page you will find information related to the SVX9000 operating times i e the total numbers of MWh operating days and operating hours See Table 5 6 Unlike the counters for the Trip Counters these counters cannot be reset Note The Power On time counters days and hours operate whenever power is applied to the SVX9000 Table 5 6 Total Counters Number Name Description C5 8 1 1 MWh counter Megawatt hours total operation time counter C5 8 1 2 Power On day Number of days the SVX9000 has been supplied counter with power C5 8 1 3 Power On hour Number of hours the SVX9000 has been supplied counter with power S5 8 2 Trip Counters TRIP COUNTERS The Trip Counters are counters whose values can be reset to zero The resettable counters are shown in Table 5 7 Table 5 7 Trip Counters Number Name Description T5 8 2 1 MWh counter Megawatts hours since last reset P5 8 2 2 Clear MWh Resets megawatts hours counter counter T5 8 2 3 Power On day Number of days the SVX9000 has been run since the counter last reset T5 8 2 4 Power On hour Number of hours the SVX9000 has been run since the counter last reset P5 8 2 5 Clr Optime cntr Resets the operating day and hour counters Note
60. Al1 I O Ground Ground for reference and controls Remote reference 0 4 20 mA 4 Al2 Analog input current range Basic reference programmable 3 0 20 mA 5 Al2 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A P 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls Dos Ka SG EE SI 8 DIN1 Start forward programmable Contact closed start forward RCM aaa 9 DIN2 Start reverse programmable Contact closed start reverse sb Fd CEPR 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault programmable Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see terminal 6 S 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls S ES pm UL DIN4 Multi step speed select 1 Sel1 Sel2 Sel3 Sel4 with DIN3 0 0 0 O Basic speed oa d 15 DIN5 Multi step speed select 2 1 0 0 0 Speed 1 0 1 0 0 Speed 2 16 DIN6 Multi step speed select 1 1 1 1 Speed 15 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DING Connect to GND or 24V 118 AO1 Output frequency Programmable may 19 AO1 Analog output Range 0 20 mA RL max 50092 READY 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable CO READY Open collector lt 50 mA V lt 48V DC OPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable RUN L Da RO1 E RUN 6 saa HE 24 RO2 Relay output 2 Programmable 95 RO2 ED FAULT y saa Ss a Note For more information on jumper selections see the SVX9000 User Manual Chap
61. April 2004 SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Table 5 11 Monitoring Menu continued Code Parameter Unit ID Description V7 19 PID reference 96 20 96 of the maximum frequency V7 20 PID actual value 96 21 96 of the maximum actual value V7 21 PID error 96 22 Yo of the maximum error value V7 22 PID output 96 23 96 of the maximum output value V7 23 PT100 temperature C 42 Highest temperature of used inputs needs option board OPTB8 G7 24 Multimonitor Displays three selectable monitoring values Operate Menu M8 The Operate Menu provides an easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items It also allows the setting of the keypad frequency reference See Chapter 5 of the SVX9000 User Manual for more information Table 5 12 Operate Menu Items Code Parameter Unit Description O 1 Output frequency Hz Output frequency to motor 0 2 Frequency reference Hz Frequency 0 3 Motor speed rpm Calculated motor speed in rpm 0 4 Motor current A Motor current 0 5 Motor torque Calculated torque as a percentage of nominal torque 0 6 Motor power Calculated motor shaft power 0 7 Motor voltage V Calculated motor voltage O 8 DC Bus voltage V DC Bus voltage O 9 Unit temperature C Heatsink temperature 0 10 Motor temperature Calculated motor temperature 0 11 PID reference of the maximum frequency 0 12 PID actual valu
62. B AQU 3000 00 Lee 2500 0 Sree mar CUA a P W 2000 0 1 mma were ae 1500 00 1000 00 conid 0140SVX 400V 0168SVX 500V 0140SVX 500V 0205SVX 400V 0168SVX 400V 0205SVX 500V 0 00 i 0 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 6 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 75 125 hp 480V A 8 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 4000 00 3500 00 3000 00 2500 00 P W 2000 00 1500 00 1000 00 500 00 0261SVX 400V 0300SVX 400V 0261SVX 500V 0300SVX 500V 0 00 0 00 2 00 3 60 6 00 10 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 7 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 150 200 hp 480V MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com A 9 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Dimensions X No o o R1 E H1 ag H3 as LCR tii a Figure A 8 NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Dimensions Table A 5 NEMA Typ
63. DEFAULT PRGE 0R inthe Here you can set the location in the Operating menu to which the display Operating automatically moves as the set Timeout Time expires or when the keypad power is Menu switched on See setting of Default Page parameter above P5 6 3 Range 0 65 535 Default 30 Timeout Time Units Seconds TIMEOUT TIRE The Timeout Time setting defines the time after which the keypad display returns to the Default Page Note If the Default Page value is 0 the Timeout Time setting has no effect P5 6 4 Contrast CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT Adjustment f the display is not clear you can adjust the keypad contrast with this parameter P5 6 5 Range 1 65 535 or Forever Default 10 Backlight Units Minutes Time BACKLIGHT TIME This parameter determines how long the backlight stays on before going out You can select any time between 1 and 65 535 minutes or Forever MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 13 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Hardware Settings S5 7 The Hardware Settings submenu S5 7 provides parameters for setting information on Internal brake resistor connection Fan control Keypad acknowledge timeout and Keypad retries P5 7 1 Range Connected Not Connected Default Connected Internal Brake NTERNERAKERES Resistor with this f
64. DO1 or via the relay outputs RO1 or RO2 depending on the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314 Output frequency limit 234567 P1 3 11 P1 3 4 2 P1 3 2 2 supervision value Selects the frequency value supervised by parameter ID315 See Figure 8 16 A f Hz ID315 2 t Example 21 RO1 LA 21 RO1 21 RO1 Lx 22 RO1 22 RO1 22 RO1 23 Ro1_ _ 23 a 23 ROT Figure 8 16 Output Frequency Supervision 8 20 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E E T N Cutler Hammer E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 319 DIN 2 function 5 P1 2 1 This parameter has 14 selections If digital input DIN2 is not used set this value to 0 0 Not used 1 External fault Contact closed Fault is displayed and the motor stopped when the input is active 2 External fault Contact open Fault is displayed and the motor stopped when the input is not active 3 Run enable Contact open Start of motor disabled Contact closed Start of motor enabled 4 Acceleration or deceleration time selection Contact open Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected Closing contact Force control place to keypad N
65. Do not make any connections when the SVX9000 drive is connected to the utility line 4 Do not open the cover of the SVX9000 immediately after disconnecting power to the unit because components within the drive remain at a dangerous voltage potential for some time Wait until at least five minutes after the cooling fan has stopped and the keypad or cover indicators are dark before opening the SVX9000 cover 5 The control I O terminals are isolated from the utility potential but relay outputs and other l Os may have dangerous external voltages connected even if power is disconnected from the SVX9000 6 Before connecting to the utility make sure that the cover of the SVX9000 is closed MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 6 1 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Sequence of Operation 1 Read and follow all safety warnings and cautions in this manual 2 Atinstallation ensure e Thatthe SVX9000 and motor are connected to ground e Thatthe utility and motor cables are in accordance with the installation and connection instructions as detailed in Chapter 3 Power Wiring e Thatthe control cables are located as far as possible from the power cables as detailed in Chapter 4 Control Wiring and Table 3 1 That control cable shields are connecte
66. Drive Application Manual April 2004 EE Safety Definitions and Symbols A WARNING This symbol indicates high voltage lt calls your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you and other persons operating this equipment Read the message and follow the instructions carefully A This symbol is the Safety Alert Symbol It occurs with either of two signal words CAUTION or WARNING as described below A WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in serious injury or death A CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in minor to moderate injury or serious damage to the product The situation described in the CAUTION may if not avoided lead to serious results Important safety measures are described in CAUTION as well as WARNING Hazardous High Voltage A WARNING Motor control equipment and electronic controllers are connected to hazardous line voltages When servicing drives and electronic controllers there may be exposed components with housings or protrusions at or above line potential Extreme care should be taken to protect against shock Stand on an insulating pad and make it a habit to use only one hand when checking components Always work with another person in case an emergency occurs Disconnect power before checking controllers or performing maintenance Besure equipment is prope
67. FR6 3 3 10 14 14 14 0 14 2 3 4 5 10 14 14 14 0 14 2 5 7 5 10 14 14 14 0 14 2 7 1 2 10 15 12 14 14 0 14 2 10 13 5 20 10 12 14 0 14 2 15 18 30 10 10 14 0 14 2 20 22 35 8 8 14 0 14 2 25 27 40 8 8 14 0 14 2 30 FR7 34 50 6 8 14 0 10 0 40 41 60 4 6 14 0 10 0 50 FR8 52 80 2 6 4 3 0 4 3 0 60 62 100 1 6 4 3 0 4 3 0 75 80 125 1 0 6 4 3 0 4 3 0 100 100 175 3 0 6 4 3 0 4 3 0 125 FR9 125 200 4 0 2 2x3 0 350MCM 4 3 0 150 144 250 350 1 0 2x3 0 350MCM 4 3 0 200 FR10 208 350 2x250 300MCM 600MCM 600MCM 250 261 450 2x300 300MCM 600MCM 600MCM 300 325 500 2x350 300MCM 600MCM 600MCM UL recognized type RK Based on a maximum environment of 104 F 40 C Table 3 5 Maximum Symmetrical Supply Current Maximum RMS Symmetrical Product Voltage Amperes on Supply Circuit 3 4 30 hp 230 100 000A 1 1 2 200hp 480 100 000A Table 3 6 Power Connection Tightening Torque Frame Tightening Torque Tightening Torque Rating Size in Ibs Nm 230V 3 4 3 hp FRA 5 0 6 480V 1 5 hp 5 0 6 230V 5 7 1 2 hp FR5 13 1 5 480V 7 1 2 15 hp 13 1 5 230V 10 15 hp FR6 35 4 480V 20 30 hp 35 4 575V 2 25 hp 35 4 230V 20 30 hp FR7 85 10 480V 40 60 hp 85 10 575V 30 40 hp 85 10 480V 75 125 hp FR8 340 187 40 22 575V 50 75 hp 340 187 40 22 480V 150 200 hp FR9 340 187 40 22 575V 100 175 hp 340 187 40 22 The isolation standoff of the bus bar will not withstand the lis
68. Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Table 8 2 Preset Speeds 3 to 7 Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Speed select 1 DIN4 select 2 DIN5 select 3 DING select 4 DIN3 Basic speed 0 0 0 0 P1 1 18 3 1 1 0 0 P1 1 19 4 0 0 1 0 P1 1 20 5 1 0 1 0 P1 1 21 6 0 1 1 0 P1 1 22 7 1 1 1 0 131 1 O frequency reference 3 P1 1 14 selection place B See the values of ID173 132 PID controller D time 57 P1 1 18 ID132 defines the derivative time of the PID controller If this parameter is set to 1 00 second a change of 1096 in the error value during 1 00 s causes the controller output to change by 10 0096 If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PID controller will operate as PI controller See examples below Example 1 In order to reduce the error value to zero with the given values the SVX9000 output behaves as follows Given values P1 1 16 P 096 P1 1 17 I time 1 00 s P1 1 18 D time 0 00 s Min freq 0 Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 00 Max freq 60 Hz In this example the PID controller operates practically as an I controller only According to the given value of P1 1 17 I time the PID output increases by 6 Hz 10 of the difference between the maximum and minimum frequency every second until the error value is 0 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 5 For Sales an
69. L3 motor terminals U V W and the DC link brake resistor terminals are live when the drive is connected to power even if the motor is not running Contact with this voltage is extremely dangerous and may cause death or severe injury A WARNING Even though the control l O terminals are isolated from line voltage the relay outputs and other l O terminals may have dangerous voltage present even when the drive is disconnected from power Contact with this voltage is extremely dangerous and may cause death or severe injury A WARNING The SVX9000 drive has a large capacitive leakage current during operation which can cause enclosure parts to be above ground potential Proper grounding as described in this manual is required Failure to observe this precaution could result in death or severe injury A WARNING Before applying power to the SVX9000 drive make sure that the front and cable covers are closed and fastened to prevent exposure to potential electrical fault conditions Failure to observe this precaution could result in death or severe injury vi For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 A WARNING An upstream disconnect protective device must be provided as required by the National Electri
70. Local Steady Illumination Indicates that the SVX9000 is ready to be started and operated from the Local mode Local Flashing Indicates that the SVX9000 is ready for operating command to select Local or Remote operation remote Remote Indicates that the SVX9000 is operating and controlling the load remotely fault Fault Indicates that there is one or more active drive fault s Table 5 3 Navigation Buttons Button Description Start Sars This button operates as the START button for normal operation when the Keypad is selected as the active control Enter This button is used in the parameter edit mode to save the parameter setting and move to the next parameter e to reset the Fault History if pressed while in the Fault History menu to confirm the acceptance of a change to change a virtual button status while in the Button menu to confirm the start up list at the end of the Start Up Wizard when the Operate menu is active to exit the Operate submenu Stop This button has two integrated operations The button operates as STOP button during normal operation e motor STOP from the keypad which is always active unless disabled by the StopButtonActive parameter e used to reset the active faults enter J Reset Resets the active faults Local Remote Switches between LOCAL and REMOTE control for start speed reference and reverse functions The
71. Menu M5 The controls associated with the general use of the drive such as application selection customized parameter sets or information about the hardware and software are located in the System Menu Password protection can be activated by parameter S5 5 f Descriptions of the system menu parameters are illustrated in Figure 5 7 HO t S5 1 Language Selection S5 2 Application Selection S5 3 Copy Parameters S5 3 1 Parameter Sets S5 3 2 Upload to Keypad S5 3 3 Download from Keypad S5 3 4 Automate Backup S5 4 Parameter Comparison S5 5 Security S5 5 1 Password P5 5 2 Parameter Lock P5 5 3 Start Up Wizard P5 5 4 Multimonitor Items S5 6 Keypad Settings P5 6 1 Default Page P5 6 2 Default Page Operating Menu P5 6 3 Timeout Time P5 6 4 Contrast Adjustment P5 6 5 Backlight Time S5 7 Hardware Settings P5 7 1 Internal Brake Resistor P5 7 2 Fan Control P5 7 3 HMI Acknowledge Timeout P5 7 4 HMI Number of Retries S5 8 System Information S5 8 1 Total Counters C5 8 1 1 MWh Counter C5 8 1 2 Power On Day Counter C5 8 1 3 Power On Hour Counter S5 8 2 Trip Counters T5 8 2 1 MWh Counter T5 8 2 2 Clear MWh Trip Counter T5 8 2 3 Power On Day Counter T5 8 2 4 Power On Hour Counter T5 8 2 5 Clear Operating Time Counter S5 8 3 Software Information 15 8 3 1 Software Package 15 8 3 2 System Software Version 15 8 3 3 Firmware Interface 15 8 3 4 System Load
72. Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 4 12 AIS signal selection AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN 0 1 141 P1 2 4 2 Al3 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 142 0 No filtering P1 2 4 3 Al3 signal range 0 3 0 143 0 0 100 1 20 100 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range P1 2 4 4 Al3 custom 100 00 100 00 96 0 00 144 minimum setting P1 2 4 5 AI3 custom 100 00 100 00 96 100 00 145 maximum setting P1 2 4 6 Al3 signal inversion 0 1 0 151 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted Place jumpers of block X2 appropriately MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 6 9 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 6 7 Analog Input 4 M1 3 G1 2 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 5 1 Al4 signal selection AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN A 1 152 P1 2 5 2 A14 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 153 0 No filtering P1 2 5 3 Al4 signal range 0 3 0 154 0 0 100 1 20 100 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range 9 P1 25 4 AI4 custom 100 00 100 00 96 0 00 155 minimum setting P1 25 5 AI4 custom 100 00 100 00 96 100 00 156 maximum setting P1 2 5 6 Al4 signal inversion 0 1 0 162 0 No
73. Motor potentiometer 7 PID controller P1 1 14 Remote control 0 7 0 174 0 AIT1 reference 1 2 AI2 2 AI3 3 Al4 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID controller P1 1 15 PID controller 0 4 2 332 0 Al1 reference signal 1 AI2 Place A 2 Keypad reference 3 Fieldbus reference 4 Motor potentiometer P1 1 16 PID controller gain 0 0 1000 0 100 0 118 P1 1 17 PID controller I time 0 00 320 00 s 1 00 119 P1 1 18 PID controller D 0 00 100 00 s 0 00 132 time P1 1 19 Sleep frequency P1 1 1 P1 1 2 Hz 10 00 1016 P1 1 20 Sleep delay 0 3600 s 30 1017 P1 1 21 Wake up limit 0 00 100 00 96 25 00 1018 P1 1 22 Wake up action 0 1 0 1019 0 Wake up when below wake up level P1 1 21 1 Wake up when above wake up level P1 1 21 P1 1 23 Jog speed 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 10 00 124 reference 5 4 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Input Signals M1 G1 2 Table 5 3 Input Signals M1 3 G1 2 SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 19 DIN2 function 0 13 1 319 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time selection 5 Force control pt to Local 6
74. P1 2 1 8 Sets the minimum scaling point for Actual value 1 See Figure 8 22 337 Actual value 1 maximum scale 57 P1 2 9 P1 2 1 9 Sets the maximum scaling point for Actual value 1 See Figure 8 22 338 Actual value 2 minimum scale 57 P1 2 10 P1 2 1 10 Sets the minimum scaling point for Actual value 2 See Figure 8 22 339 Actual value 2 maximum scale 57 P1 2 11 P1 2 1 11 Sets the maximum scaling point for Actual value 2 See Figure 8 22 8 26 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 A Scaled Scaled Input Signal 96 Input Signal 96 100 100 5 gr ID336 30 765 ea Dee 80 15 3 mA 1D338 30 di ID339 140 p id 177 4 3 5 mA 27 Analog A Analog E 80 100 Input 3027 0 100 140 Input 76 0 3 3 8 0 10 0V 0 10 0v 0 6 0 16 0 20 0mA 0 20 0 mA 4 8 8 16 8 20 0mA 4 20 0 mA Figure 8 22 Examples of Actual Value Signal Scaling 340 PID error value inversion 57 P1 2 29 P1 2 1 2 This parameter allows you to invert the error value of the PID controller and thus the operation of the PID controller 0 No inversion 1 Inverted 341 PID reference rise time 57 P1 2 30 P1 2 1 3 Defines the time during which the PID co
75. SVX9000 must be tested with the motor connected to the process perform it under no load or light load conditions 10 Disconnect all power to the SVX9000 Wait until the cooling fan on the unit stops and the indicators on the panel are not lit If no keypad is present check the indicators in the control panel cover Wait at least five more minutes for the DC bus to discharge Connect the motor to the driven load making sure mechanical system requirements are met Make sure that the driven load can be run safely and that no hazard exists to any personnel Repeat test 8A or 8B MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 6 3 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 6 4 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 Eee Appendix A Technical Data General Figure A 1 shows a block diagram of the SVX9000 drive The SVX9000 physically consists of two sections the Power Unit and the Control Unit The three phase AC Choke with the DC Link Capacitor form a LC filter which together with the Rectifier produce the DC voltage for the IGBT Inverter block
76. Scale G1 4 Drive Control P1 4 1 Ramp 1 Shape P1 4 2 Ramp 2 Shape P1 4 13 Flux Brake Current G1 5 Skip Frequency P1 5 1 Skip F1 Low Limit P1 5 2 Skip F1 High Limit P1 5 3 PH Accel Decel Ramp G1 6 Motor Control P1 6 1 Motor Control Mode P1 6 2 V Hz Optimization P1 6 13 Identification G1 7 Protections P1 7 1 4mA Input Fault P1 7 2 4mA Fault Frequency P1 7 23 Slot Comm Fault Response G1 8 Auto Restart P1 8 1 Wait Time P1 8 2 Trial Time P1 8 10 Underload Tries Figure 5 3 Parameter Menu Structure Example MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 5 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Keypad Control Menu M2 In the Keypad Control Menu you can set the frequency reference choose the motor direction for keypad operation and determine if the STOP button will be active at all times See Figure 5 4 DO M2 Keypad Control R2 1 Keypad Reference P2 2 Keypad Direction P2 x Stop Button Active Figure 5 4 Keypad Control Menu R2 1 Range Min Frequency Max Frequency Keypad Units Hertz Reference KEYPAD REFERENCE This displays and allows the operator to edit the keypad frequency reference A change takes place immediately This reference
77. See Figure 8 37 A DC Braking Current 10096 Par ID507 0 15xl Free Analog Input 0 Signal Range Figure 8 37 Scaling of DC Braking Current MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 41 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 401 Reducing of acceleration and 6 P1 2 6 3 deceleration times See ID399 Acceleration and deceleration times can be reduced with the free analog input signal according to the following formulas Reduced time set acc deceler time par ID103 104 ID502 ID503 divided by the factor R from Figure 8 38 A Factor R Free Analog Input Signal Range Figure 8 38 Reducing Acceleration and Deceleration Times 402 Reducing of torque supervision 6 P1 2 6 4 limit See ID399 The set torque supervision limit can be reduced with the free analog input signal between 0 and the set supervision limit ID349 See Figure 8 39 Torque A Limit 10096 Par ID349 Free Analog Input Signal Range Figure 8 39 Reducing Torque Supervision Limit 8 42 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com ETN Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Driv
78. Stop Run enable Rising edge pulse required 4 4 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Table 4 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 2 DIN3 function 0 12 1 301 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time select 5 Force control pt to Local 6 Force control pt to Remote 7 Rvs if P1 2 1 3 8 Jog speed 9 Fault reset 10 Acc Dec operation prohibit 11 DC Braking command 12 Preset speed P1 2 39 Al1 signal AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN A 1 377 TTF programming method used selection See Page 6 3 P1 2 4 Al1 signal range O 2 0 320 0 0 10V 1 2 10V 2 Custom setting range P1 2 5 Al1 custom 0 00 100 00 0 00 321 Analog input 1 scale minimum setting minimum P1 2 6 Al1 custom 0 00 100 00 100 0 322 Analog input 1 scale maximum setting maximum P1 2 7 Al1 signal 0 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 2 8 AI1 signal filter 0 00 0 00 No filtering time P1 2 9 Al2 signal AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 TTF programming method used selection See Page 6 3 P1 2 10 AI2 signal range 0 0 0 20 mA
79. Stored undervoltage 1 No History fault P1 7 6 Output phase 0 3 2 702 See P1 7 3 supervision P1 7 7 Ground fault 0 3 2 703 See P1 7 3 protection P1 7 8 Thermal 0 3 2 704 See P1 7 3 protection of the motor P1 7 9 Motor ambient 100 0 100 0 0 0 705 temperature factor P1 7 10 MTP cooling 0 0 150 0 40 0 706 As a of InMotor factor at zero speed P1 7 11 MTP time 1 200 min 45 707 constant P1 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 100 100 708 P1 7 13 Stall protection 0 3 0 709 See P1 7 3 P1 7 14 Stall current 0 1 InMotor X 2 A IL 710 P1 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 s 15 00 711 P1 7 16 Stallfrequency 1 0 P1 1 2 Hz 25 0 712 limit P1 7 17 Underload 0 3 0 713 SeeP1 7 3 protection P1 7 18 Underload 10 0 150 0 96 50 0 714 protect from torque P1 7 19 Underload 5 0 150 0 96 10 0 715 protect fo torque P1 7 20 Underload 2 00 600 00 S 20 00 716 protection time limit MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 4 11 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 4 8 Protections M1 3 G1 7 continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 21 Response to 0 3 2 732 See P1 7 3 thermistor fault P1 7
80. The AC Choke smooths the disturbances from the utility into the SVX9000 as well as the high frequency disturbances caused by the SVX9000 on the utility line It also improves the input current waveform to the SVX9000 The IGBT Inverter produces a symmetrical three phase pulse width modulated adjustable frequency AC voltage to the motor The Motor and Application Control block contains a microprocessor with customized software The microprocessor controls the motor based on Measured Signals parameter value settings and commands from the Control I O Block and the Control Module The Motor and Application Control block commands the Motor Control ASIC which calculates the IGBT switching positions Gate Drivers amplify these signals for driving the IGBT Inverter The Control Keypad is a link between the user and the SVX9000 With the Control Keypad the user can set parameter values read status information and issue control commands The Control Keypad is removable and can be mounted externally and connected with the appropriate cable Instead of the Control Keypad a PC can be used to control the SVX9000 by cable connecting it where the Control Keypad is normally connected or through an option board The Control I O Block is isolated from line potential and may be connected to or isolated from ground by the choice of the control I O board which is used OPTA8 is isolated ground OPTA1 and OPTA9 are not Input and Output EMC Filters are not required fo
81. The Trip Counters operate only when the motor is running MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 15 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual S5 8 3 Software Information S5 8 4 Application Information S5 8 5 Hardware Information E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 OFTWARE The Software information page includes information on the following software related topics Table 5 8 Software Information Number Name Description 15 8 3 1 Software SVX00031V003 package 15 8 3 2 System 11 53 6536 software version 15 8 3 3 Firmware 4 37 interface 15 8 3 4 System load G9 1 APPLICATION The Application information page includes information on not only the application currently in use but also all other applications loaded into the SVX9000 The information available is shown in Table 5 9 Note that the x in the table refers to the sequential number of the application in the list Table 5 9 Application Information Name Content A4 8 4 x Application name D4 8 4 x 1 Application ID D4 8 4 x 2 Version D4 8 4 x 3 Firmware interface HARDWARE The Hardware information page provides information on the following hardware related topics Table 5 10 Hardware Information Number Content 15 8 5 1 Nominal powe
82. Y enter Password gt Programming Menu Display will automatically return to default Operate M1 Parameters dl Menu monitor display M2 Keypad Control after 30 sec delay Exit Operate Menu by navigating M3 Active Faults to Programming display and M4 Fault History pressing ENTER button or simply press ENTER button 2 seconds M5 System Menu Acknowledgement password M6 Expander Boards value if defined M7 Monitor Return to Operate I lt enter oJ or time pa Figure 5 12 Operate Menu Navigation Start Up Wizard Upon initial power up the Start Up Wizard guides the commissioner through the basic SVX9000 setup The Start Up Wizard may be set to function upon an application change by setting parameter P5 5 3 Upon power up the display will read Startup Wizard Press enter Upon pressing ENTER the choice for the language to be used followed by the application desired are presented The lists are navigated by using the right arrow and up and down arrow buttons A selection is confirmed by pressing ENTER After these two selections the following text appears Setup starts Press enter When ENTER is pressed the setup parameter list is presented The parameter value will be blinking allowing setting by the arrow buttons The value is confirmed using the ENTER button after which the next parameter in the list will be displayed After the las
83. above the default switching frequency the SVX9000 output current rating should be derated by the ratio of the increased power loss to the nominal power loss Example The user of a 30 hp CT 61A 480V SVX9000 wishes to increase the switching frequency from the factory default value of 10 kHz to 15 kHz to reduce motor noise From Figure A 4 the loss at the factory default switching frequency of 10 kHz is 1240 watts The loss at 15 kHz from Figure A 4 is 1340 watts 1240 _ Re rate 61 x 1340 56A Thus at the increased switching frequency the maximum load allowed is reduced to 56A to avoid overheating the SVX9000 P W 100 00 7 0003SVX 400V 0009SVX 400V 0004SVX 400V 0007SVX 400V 0005SVX 400V 0012SVX 400V 0 00 r r r r r 0 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 16 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 2 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 3 4 3 hp 230V 1 5 hp 480V A 6 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual
84. according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Earth ground fault protection ensures that the sum of the motor phase currents is zero Regardless of the setting of this parameter the overcurrent protection always functions and protects the SVX9000 from earth ground faults with high currents 8 60 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 704 Motor thermal protection 234567 P1 7 8 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting If a trip is selected the SVX9000 will stop and activate the fault stage Deactivating this protection i e setting parameter to O will reset the thermal stage of the motor to 096 See Page A 3 705 Motor thermal protection 234567 P1 7 9 Motor ambient temp factor The factor can be set between 100 096 100 096 See Page A 3 706 Motor thermal protection 234567 P1 7 10 Motor cooling factor at zero speed The current can be set between O 150 0 x Inmotor This parameter sets the value for thermal current at zero frequency See Figure 8 47 The default value is set assuming that there is no external fan cooling the motor If an external fan is used this paramet
85. al lelefefe eye al L Figure A 1 SVX9000 Block Diagram Specifications Table A 1 SVX9000 Drive Specifications Description Specification Power Connections Input Voltage Vin 208 240V 10 15 380 500V 10 15 525 690V 10 15 Input Frequency fin 50 60 Hz variation up to 45 66 Hz Connection to Utility Power Once per minute or less typical operation Maximum Symmetrical Supply 208 240V 100 kAIC Current 380 500V 100 kAIC 525 690V 100 kAIC Motor Connections Output Voltage 0 to Vi Continuous Output Current Ambient temperature max 122 F 50 C overload 1 5 x l 1 min out of 10 min Starting Current 20096 for 2 seconds Output Frequency 0 to 320 Hz Frequency Resolution 0 01 Hz A 2 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 Table A 1 SVX9000 Drive Specifications Continued Description Specification Control Characteristics Control Method Frequency Control V f Open Loop Sensorless Vector Control Switching Frequency Adjustable with Parameter 2 6 9 208 230V 3 4 15 hp 1 to 16 kHz default 10 kHz 20 30 hp 1 to 10 kHz default 3 6 kHz 380 500V 1 30 hp 1 to 16 kHz default 1
86. all auxiliary drives This prevents unnecessary starts caused by the start limit being momentarily exceeded See Figure 8 54 1011 Stop delay of auxiliary 7 P1 9 11 drives The frequency of the SVX9000 must remain below the stop limit of the auxiliary drive for the time defined with this parameter before the auxiliary drive is stopped The delay defined applies to all auxiliary drives This prevents unnecessary stops caused by the stop limit frequency momentarily dropping below the limit See Figure 8 54 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 71 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Output Output Start Delay of the Aux Frequency Frequency Drives Par ID1010 A A m Start Freq of Aux Drive 1 Start Freq of Aux Drive 1 Frequency Par ID1002 1 Hz Par ID1002 1 Hz Increases During the Frequency Start Delay After Starting the Aux Drive 1 Is 7 Par ID1003 1 Hz Stop Freq of Aux Drive 1 Par ID1003 1 Hz Fmin Par NI Frequency After Starting the Frequency Decreases During IStop Delay of the Aux H Par ID1003 1 Hz Aux Drive 1 is Fmin the Stop Delay les Drives Par ID1011 Par ID1003 1 Hz Par ID101 Flow Flow Figure 8 54
87. area 2 34567 P1 5 4 High limit 513 Prohibit frequency area 3 34567 P1 5 5 Low limit 514 Prohibit frequency area 3 34567 P1 5 6 High limit In some systems it may be necessary to avoid certain frequencies because of mechanical resonance problems With these parameters limits are set for the skip frequency regions See Figure 8 45 Output Frequency Hz Reference ma Figure 8 45 Example of Prohibit Frequency Area Setting 515 DC braking frequency at stop 234567 P1 4 10 The output frequency at which the DC braking is applied See Figure 8 45 516 DC braking time at start 234567 P1 4 11 DC brake is activated when the start command is given This parameter defines the time before the brake is released After the brake is released the output frequency increases according to the set start function by parameter ID505 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 55 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 518 Acceleration decelerationramp 234567 P1 5 3 P1 5 7 speed scaling ratio between prohibit frequency limits Defines the acceleration deceleration time when the output frequency is between the selected prohibit frequency range limits ID509 and ID510 The ramping speed selected acceleration deceleration time 1 or 2 is multiplied with th
88. babad balad Dal kk ban nb pika NG eta be cack vii Definitions and Symbols eh vii Hazardous High Voltage 4 ne vii Warnings Cautions and Notices 4 eee eee eens viii CHAPTER 1 BASIC APPLICATION enn RR RR RR RR RI RR 1 1 Ta dgofe Seo ME EROR TET TREO C CC ETTTITO TES DOT ou TORRES 1 1 Control Inp t Outp t cre tss Ree m ey Reese ee ex HR e e X ee eee 1 2 Parameter Lists c2 uca cce ND SANA Phan cess LINA IDEA MAN LG RAAT NAA 1 3 CHAPTER 2 STANDARD APPLICATION 0 2 2 1 INtFOGUCTION 2 2 47 xiewrs rada OLA cede erie hae Pia Jeeta done teh dan 2 1 Control Input Outp t cc oc eid cae sewed Cx RR xS eth a ade ha 2 2 Parameter ListSs sada Aa KAN ee ee a Gael ests ein ee oe aoe Ned pa 2 3 CHAPTER 3 LOCAL REMOTE APPLICATION nnn RR RR 3 1 aiigefol cilio Ta seepe aede T TETTTTEO TT PEUT 3 1 Control Input OUtpUt a nan decadence rederne n eto Binan im ict aces dee GL SNN 3 2 Parameter Lists cx ed Rebel sc6ez Madde babe hn LINES NTN wei ese 3 3 CHAPTER 4 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION 4 1 Introd Wi CETlOD oed mesure bus Sash ne dete ec egoists dodo 4 1 Control Input Output ses isse nue e nm Rem e eR Rm RR nce x CR NA RC n im c 4 2 Parameter LiStS 2 sos secte e eR DE re rade Rage cR reque deu 4 3 CHAPTER 5 PID CONTROL APPLICATION 000 00 cee eee eee 5 1 INthOCUCTION e Seeds bee OG ek oe pete e a ad eb eee eae e
89. check the motor and motor cables IF THE PROBLEM IS NOT IN THE MOTOR OR ITS CABLES DO NOT RE CONNECT POWER Contact your Cutler Hammer distributor System fault e component failure e faulty operation Note exceptional fault data record see the Active Fault Menu and Fault Time Data Record for more information Reset the fault and restart Should the fault reoccur contact your Cutler Hammer distributor MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com B 1 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual Table B 1 Fault Codes Continued E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Fault Code Fault Possible Cause Solution 9 Undervoltage DC link voltage is less than the If there was a supply voltage loss or minimum safe operating voltage dip reset the fault and restart the limit SVX9000 Check the supply voltage e most probable cause too low a If it was within specification at the supply voltage time of the fault an internal failure e SVX9000 internal fault has occurred Contact your Cutler Hammer distributor 10 Input line Input line phase is low or missing Check the utility supply voltage supervision cables and connections 11 Output phase Current sensing indicates that there Check the motor cables conne
90. com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Table 7 16 Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 continued E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Protections M17 G1 7 Table 7 17 Protections M1 G1 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 6 10 Overvoltage 0 2 1 607 0 Not used controller 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping P1 6 11 Undervoltage 0 Not used controller 1 Used Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 1 Response to 0 5 4 700 0 No response 4 mA reference 1 Warning fault 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Warning Preset Freq P1 7 2 4 Fault stop per P1 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 2 4 mA reference 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 728 fault frequency P1 7 3 Response to 0 3 2 701 0 No response external fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop per P1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 4 Input phase 0 3 0 730 See P1 7 3 supervision P1 7 5 Response to 0 1 0 727 0 Fault Stored undervoltage 1 No History fault P1 7 6 Output phase O 3 2 702 See P1 7 3 supervision P1 7 7 Ground fault 0 3 2 703 See P1 7 3 protection P1 7 8 Thermal 0 3 2 704 See P1 7 3 protection of the motor P1 7 9 Motor ambient 100 0 100 0 96 0 0 705 temperature factor P1 7 10 MTP cooling 0 0 150 0 96 40 0 706 As a 96 of InMotor factor at zero speed P1 7 1 MTP time 1 200
91. keypad frequency reference See Chapter 5 of the SVX9000 User Manual for more information Table 3 12 Operate Menu Items Code Parameter Unit Description 0 1 Output frequency Hz Output frequency to motor 0 2 Frequency reference Hz Frequency 0 3 Calculated motor speed in rpm 0 4 Motor current A Motor current 0 5 Calculated torque as a percentage of nominal torque 0 6 Motor power Calculated motor shaft power Ov V Calculated motor voltage O 8 DC Bus voltage V DC Bus voltage O 9 C Heatsink temperature 0 10 Motor temperature Calculated motor temperature R1 Hz Keypad frequency reference setting 3 14 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 aaa Chapter 4 Multi Step Speed Control Application Introduction The Multi Step Speed Control Application of the Cutler Hammer SVX9000 drive by Eaton Electrical can be used in applications where fixed speeds are needed A total of 17 different speeds can be programmed one basic speed 15 multi step speeds and one jog speed The speed steps are selected with digital signals DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DING If jog speed is used DIN3 can be programmed from fault reset to jog speed select The basic speed reference can be ei
92. maximum frequency settings can cause motor or equipment damage and personal injury A CAUTION Before reversing the motor rotation direction ensure that this will not cause personal injury or equipment damage A CAUTION Make sure that no power correction capacitors are connected to the SVX9000 output or the motor terminals to prevent SVX9000 malfunction and potential damage A CAUTION Make sure that the SVX9000 output terminals U V W are not connected to the utility line power as severe damage to the SVX9000 may occur viii For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 TERES ETSI Chapter 1 Overview This chapter describes the purpose and contents of this manual the receiving inspection recommendations and the Cutler Hammer SVX9000 catalog numbering system How to Use This Manual The purpose of this manual is to provide you with information necessary to install set and customize parameters start up troubleshoot and maintain the Cutler Hammer SVX9000 drive by Eaton Electrical To provide for safe installation and operation of the equipment read the safety guidelines at the beginning of this manual and follow the procedures outlined in the following chapters before connecting power to the SVX9000 K
93. min 45 707 constant P1 7 12 Motor duty 0 100 96 100 708 cycle P1 7 13 Stall protection 0 3 1 709 See P1 7 3 P1 7 14 Stall current 0 1 InMotor X 2 A I 710 P1 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 s 15 00 711 7 22 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 7 17 Protections M1 3 G1 7 continued SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 16 Stall frequency 1 00 P1 1 2 Hz 25 00 712 limit P1 7 17 Underload 0 3 0 713 See P1 7 3 protection P1 7 18 Underload 10 0 150 0 96 50 0 714 protect from torque P1 7 19 Underload 5 0 150 0 96 10 0 715 protect fo torque P1 7 20 Underload 2 00 600 00 S 20 00 716 protection time limit P1 7 21 Response to 0 3 2 732 See P1 7 3 thermistor fault P1 7 22 Response to 0 3 2 733 See P1 7 3 fieldbus fault P1 7 23 Response to slot 0 3 2 734 See P1 7 3 fault P1 7 24 No of PT100 0 3 0 739 inputs P1 7 25 Response to 0 1 0 740 0 Fault stored to history PT100 fault 1 Fault not stored to history P1 7 26 PT100 warning 30 0 200 0 9C 120 0 741 limit P1 7 27 PT100 fault limit 30 0 200 0 CG 130 0 742 Auto Restart Parameters M1 gt G1
94. motor voltage O 8 DC Bus voltage V DC Bus voltage O 9 C Heatsink temperature 0 10 Motor temperature Calculated motor temperature R1 Hz Keypad frequency reference setting 1 6 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 apang Chapter 2 Standard Application Introduction The Standard Application of the Cutler Hammer SVX9000 drive by Eaton Electrical is typically used in pump and fan applications and conveyors for which the Basic Application is too limited but where no special features are needed The Standard Application has the same I O signals and the same control logic as the Basic Application Digital input DIN3 and all the outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Two sets of ramp times and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One skip frequency area Programmable V Hz curve and switching frequency Auto restart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault Details on the parameters shown in this section are available in Chapter 8 of this Manual listed by parameter ID number
95. of its shorter list of parameters Although it has the lowest parameter count it still provides versatility with the availability of the communication bus fieldbus features This is the default application as shipped from the factory If you have been using another application and wish to switch to the Basic Application see Chapter 5 System Menu Parameters section parameter 5 2 of the SVX9000 User Manual for selection information Digital input DIN3 is programmable Details on the parameters shown in this section are available in Chapter 8 of this manual listed by parameter ID number Motor Protection Functions The Basic Application provides most of the protection functions of the other applications External fault protection Input phase supervision Undervoltage protection Output phase supervision Ground earth fault protection Motor thermal protection Thermistor fault protection Fieldbus fault protection Slot fault protection Unlike the other applications the Basic Application does not provide any parameters for choosing the response function or the limit values for faults The motor thermal protection is preset based on the settings of P1 6 to P1 9 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 1 1 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April
96. output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls Pa o 8 DIN1 Start Stop Control Place A Contact closed start rum P 4 PID controller Sa 0 tees sd 9 DIN2 External fault input Contact closed fault P d programmable Contact open no fault coc a EE 10 DIN3 Fault reset Contact closed fault reset programmable 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see terminal 6 Pa 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls ml fo 14 DIN4 Start Stop Control Place B Contact closed start direct frequency reference P d 15 DIN5 Jog Speed Selection Contact closed jog speed active d te i programmable Pa 16 DING Control place A B selection Contact open control place A is active r mm MEE ELS Contact closed control place B is active 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DING Connect to GND or 24V 418 AO1 Output frequency Programmable ma 19 AO1 Analog output Range 0 20 mA Rit max 5000 READY 6 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector lt 50 mA V lt 48V DC OPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable L NG RO1 ER RUN RUN 1 23 kong e 24 RO2 Relay output 2 Programmable 25 RO2 mm FAULT ROSE i Z 3 Note For more information on jumper selections see the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 4 e e e e e oP eje eje 5 2 For more information visit
97. required to start shall be used to exclude the possibility of an unintentional start when for example power is connected re connected after a power failure after a fault reset after the drive is stopped by Run Enable Run Enable False or when the control place is changed The Start Stop contact must be opened before the motor can be started Applications 2 and 4 4 DIN1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start 5 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverse open contact forward 6 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running Application 3 and 6 4 DIN1 closed contact start forward DIN2 closed contact reference increases motor potentiometer reference this parameter is automatically set to 4 if ID174 is set to 3 or 4 5 DIN1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start 6 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverse open contact forward 7 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabled open contact start di
98. shaft power V7 7 Motor voltage V Calculated motor voltage V7 8 DC Bus voltage V 7 DC Bus voltage V7 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V7 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V7 11 Analog input 1 V Analog input Al1 V7 12 Analog input 2 mA 14 Analog input Al2 V7 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 Digital input status V7 14 DINA DIN5 DING 16 Digital input status V7 15 e etie Digital and relay output status V7 16 Analog lout mA 26 Analog output AO1 G7 17 e Displays three selectable monitoring values 2 10 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Operate Menu M8 The Operate Menu provides an easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items It also allows the setting of the keypad frequency reference See Chapter 5 of the SVX9000 User Manual for more information Table 2 12 Operate Menu Items Code Parameter Unit Description 0 1 Output frequency Hz Output frequency to motor 0 2 Frequency reference Hz Frequency 0 3 Calculated motor speed in rpm 0 4 Motor current A Motor current 0 5 Calculated torque as a percentage of nominal torque 0 6 Motor power Calculated motor shaft power 0 7 V Calculated motor
99. signals with these parameters See Figure 8 24 and Page A 1 The brake control signal can be programmed via digital output DO1 or one of the relay outputs RO1 and RO2 see ID312 to ID314 Applications 3 4 5 or ID445 Applications 6 and 7 a b toy ID352 ta ID353 tow ID352 toy ID353 External External pe BRAKE OFF DO1RO1 BRAKE OFF T1 DOWRO1 ON RO2 ON RO2 l DIN1 RUN FWD DIN1 START STOP PULSE l ha DIN2 STOP PULSE t Figure 8 24 External Brake Control a Start Stop Logic Selection ID300 0 1 or2 b Start Stop Logic Selection ID300 3 354 Frequency converter 34567 P1 3 20 P1 3 4 11 P1 3 2 11 temperature limit supervision 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision If the temperature of the SVX9000 falls below or exceeds the set limit ID355 this function generates a warning message via digital output DO1 or relay outputs RO1 or RO2 depending on 1 the settings of ID312 to ID314 Applications 3 4 5 or 2 to which output the supervision signal ID451 is connected Applications 6 and 7 355 Frequency converter 34567 P1 3 21 P1 3 4 12 P1 3 2 12 temperature limit value This temperature value is supervised by ID354 356 On Off control signal 6 P1 3 4 13 With this parameter you can select the analog input to be monitored 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 8 30 For more information visit www eatonelectrical c
100. that scaling corresponds to the min reference minimum value signal P1 2 5 Reference 0 00 320 00 Hz Selects the frequency that scaling corresponds to the max reference maximum value signal 0 00 No scaling 305 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted 306 0 00 No filtering P1 2 6 Reference 0 inversion P1 27 Reference filter 0 00 10 00 pe time P1 2 89 Al1 signal AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN A 1 selection P1 2 9 Al2 signal AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN A 2 selection Rising edge pulse required 377 TTF programming method used See Page 6 3 388 TTF programming method used See Page 6 3 2 4 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 Table 2 4 Output Signals M1 3 G1 3 SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 19 Analog output 1 AROUT 0 1 AnOUT E 10 AnOUT A 1 464 TTF programming method used signal selection See Page 6 3 P1 3 2 Analog output 0 8 1 307 0 Not used function 1 Output freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current 0 InMotor 5 Motor torque 0 TnMot
101. to In this display the value on the Description line in the middle is the default value and the one on the value line lowermost line is the edited value You can also edit the actual value by pushing the Right Arrow button Actual values can also be compared to Set2 Factory Settings and the Keypad Set values Security Menu Parameter Options S5 5 Note The Security submenu is protected with a password Store the password in a safe place 5 5 1 Password P5 5 2 Parameter Lock P5 5 3 Start Up Wizard P5 5 4 Multimonitor Items Range 0 65535 Default 0 PASSWORD The application selection can be protected against unauthorized changes with the Password function When the password function is enabled the user will be prompted to enter a password before application changes parameter value changes or password changes By default the password function is not in use If you want to activate the password change the value of this parameter to any number between 1 and 65535 The password will be activated after the Timeout time Timeout Time has expired To deactivate the password reset the parameter value to 0 Range ChangeEnable ChangeDisabl Default ChangeDisabl PARAMETER LOCI This function allows the user to prohibit changes to the parameters If the parameter lock is activated the text 191420 will appear on the display if you try to edit a parameter value Note This function does not prevent unauthorized editin
102. to relay outputs or digital output By default one auxiliary drive is in use and it is programmed to relay output RO1 at B 1 1002 Start frequency auxiliary 7 P1 9 2 drive 1 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must exceed the limit defined with these parameters with 1 Hz before the auxiliary drive is started The 1 Hz overdraft makes a hysteresis to avoid unnecessary starts and stops See Figure 8 54 See also parameters ID101 and ID102 1003 Stop frequency auxiliary 7 P1 9 3 drive 1 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must fall with 1 Hz below the limit defined with these parameters before the auxiliary drive is stopped The stop frequency limit also defines the frequency to which the frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter is dropped after starting the auxiliary drive See Figure 8 54 1004 Start frequency auxiliary 7 P1 9 4 drive 2 1005 Stop frequency auxiliary 7 P1 9 5 drive 2 1006 Start frequency auxiliary 7 P1 9 6 drive 3 1007 Stop frequency auxiliary 7 P1 9 7 drive 3 1008 Start frequency auxiliary 7 P1 9 8 drive 4 1009 Stop frequency auxiliary 7 P1 9 9 drive 4 See ID1002 and ID1003 1010 Start delay of auxiliary 7 P1 9 10 drives The frequency of the SVX9000 must remain above the start frequency of the auxiliary drive for the time defined with this parameter before the auxiliary drive is started The delay defined applies to
103. value will not influence the output frequency unless the keypad has been selected as the active control place P2 2 Range Forward Reverse Default Forward Keypad KEYPAD DIRECTION Direction This allows the operator to change the rotation direction of the motor This setting will not influence the rotation direction of the motor unless the keypad has been selected as the active control place P2 3 Range Yes No Default Yes Stop Button 570PBUTTONALTIVE Active By default pushing the STOP button will always stop the motor regardless of the selected control place If this parameter is set to No the STOP button will stop the motor only when the keypad has been selected as the active control place This parameter number varies for different applications 5 6 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 Active Faults Menu M3 When a fault occurs the SVX9000 stops The sequence indication F1 the fault code a short description of the fault and the fault type symbol will appear on the display In addition the indication FAULT or ALARM is displayed and in case of a FAULT the red LED on the keypad starts to blink If several faults occur simultaneously the sequence of active faults can be browsed with the Bro
104. www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given by ID number in Chapter 8 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust User s customized setting ID D number of the parameter for reference to Chapter 8 Parameter value can only be changed when the SVX9000 is stopped Programmed using terminal to function TTF method See Page 6 3 Basic Parameters M1 G1 1 Table 5 2 Basic Parameters M1 G1 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 P1 1 2 Max frequency P1 1 1 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 NOTE If fmax gt the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P1 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 1 0 103 Ifthe PID controller is used acceleration time 2 P1 4 3 is automatically used P1 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1
105. www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 rs Safety Definitions and Symbols A WARNING This symbol indicates high voltage lt calls your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you and other persons operating this equipment Read the message and follow the instructions carefully A This symbol is the Safety Alert Symbol It occurs with either of two signal words CAUTION or WARNING as described below A WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in serious injury or death A CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in minor to moderate injury or serious damage to the equipment The situation described in the CAUTION may if not avoided lead to serious results Important safety measures are described in CAUTION as well as WARNING Hazardous High Voltage A WARNING Motor control equipment and electronic controllers are connected to hazardous line voltages When servicing drives and electronic controllers there may be exposed components with housings or protrusions at or above line potential Extreme care should be taken to protect against shock Stand on an insulating pad and make it a habit to use only one h
106. 0 delay not in use off delay Table 6 11 Delayed Digital Output 2 M1 G1 3 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 2 1 Digital output 2 DigOUT 0 1 DigOut E 10 DigOUT 0 1 489 signal selection P1 3 2 2 Digital output 2 26 1 490 See P1 3 1 2 function P1 3 2 3 Digital output 2 320 00 s 0 00 491 0 00 delay not in use on delay P1 3 2 4 Digital output 2 320 00 s 0 00 492 0 00 delay not in use off delay 6 12 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 6 12 Digital Output Signals M1 G1 3 3 SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 3 1 Ready DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT A 1 432 P1 3 3 22 Run DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT B 1 433 P1 3 3 3 Fault DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT B 2 434 P1 3 3 4 Inverted fault DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 435 P1 3 3 5 Warning DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 436 P1 3 3 6 External fault DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 437 warning P1 3 3 7 Reference fault DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 438 warning P1 3 3 8 Overtemperature DigOUT
107. 0 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 2 8 Al1 joystick 0 00 20 00 96 0 00 384 hysteresis P1 2 2 9 AI1 sleep limit 0 00 100 00 96 0 00 385 P1 2 2 10 Al1 sleep delay 0 00 320 00 s 0 00 386 P1 2 2 11 Al1 joystick offset 50 00 50 00 96 0 00 165 Table 6 5 Analog Input 2 M1 G1 2 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 3 19 AI2 signal selection AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN A 2 388 P1 2 3 2 AI2 filter time 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 329 0 No filtering P1 2 3 3 Al2 signal range 0 3 0 325 0 20 10096 9 1 20 10096 2 10V 10V 6 3 Custom range 9 P1 2 3 4 AI2 custom 100 00 100 00 96 0 00 326 minimum setting P1 2 3 5 AI2 custom 100 00 100 00 96 100 00 327 maximum setting P1 2 3 6 Al2 reference 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 393 Selects the frequency that scaling minimum corresponds to the min value reference signal P1 2 3 7 Al2 reference 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 394 Selects the frequency that scaling maximum corresponds to the max value reference signal P1 2 3 8 AI2 joystick 0 00 20 00 96 0 00 395 hysteresis P1 2 3 9 Al2 sleep limit 0 00 100 00 0 00 396 P1 2 3 10 Al2 sleep delay 0 00 320 00 s 0 00 397 P1 2 3 11 Al2 joystick offset 50 00 50 00 96 0 00 166 Place jumpers of block X2 appropriately Table 6 6 Analog Input 3 M1 G1 2 4 Code Parameter
108. 0 kHz 40 200 hp 1 to 10 kHz default 3 6 kHz 525 690V All Sizes 1 to 6 kHz default 1 5 kHz Frequency Reference Analog Input Resolution 0 196 10 bit accuracy 196 Panel Reference Resolution 0 01 Hz Field Weakening Point 30 to 320 Hz Acceleration Time 0 1 to 3000 sec Deceleration Time 0 1 to 3000 sec Braking Torque DC brake 15 to 150 x Tn without brake option Environment Ambient Operating Temperature 14 F 10 C no frost to 122 F 50 C Storage Temperature 40 F 40 C to 158 F 70 C Relative Humidity 0 to 95 RH non condensing non corrosive no dripping water Air Quality Chemical vapors IEC 60721 3 3 unit in operation class 3C2 Mechanical particles IEC 60721 3 3 unit in operation class 3S2 Altitude 100 load capacity no derating up to 3300 ft 1000m 1 derating for each 330 ft 100m above 3300 ft 1000m max 10000 ft 3000m Vibration EN 50178 EN 60068 2 6 5 to 50 Hz displacement amplitude 1 mm peak at 3 to 15 8 Hz Max acceleration amplitude 1 G at 15 8 to 150 Hz Shock EN 50178 EN 60068 2 27 UPS Drop test for applicable UPS weights Storage and shipping max 15 G 11 mS in package Enclosure Class NEMA 1 IP21 available all ratings NEMA 12 IP54 available all ratings Standards EMC at default settings Immunity Fulfils all EMC immunity requirements Emissions EN 61800 3 Safety UL 508C Product IEC 61800 2 Control Connections Analog Input Voltage 0 to 10V R 200 KQ differential 10 to 1
109. 004 716 Underload time 234567 P1 7 20 This time can be set between 2 0 and 600 0s This is the maximum time allowed for an underload state to exist An internal up down counter counts the accumulated underload time If the underload counter value goes above this limit the protection will cause a trip according to ID713 If the SVX9000 is stopped the underload counter is reset to zero See Figure 8 52 and Page A 4 Underload Time Counter A Trip Area Par ID716 Trip Warning Par ID713 Time gt Underload No Underload zx LJ Figure 8 52 Underload Time Counter Function MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 65 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer 717 718 April 2004 Automatic restart Wait time 234567 P1 8 1 ID717 defines the elapsed time before the SVX9000 tries to automatically restart after the fault has cleared Automatic restart Trial time 234567 P1 8 2 The Automatic restart function restarts the SVX9000 when the faults selected with ID720 to ID725 have cleared and the waiting time has elapsed Wait Time Wait Time Wait Time Par ID717 Par ID717 Par ID717 ga Fault Trigger Motor Stop Signal IL t db E db i1 Restart 1 Restart 2 M
110. 03002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 List of Figures SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Figure 6 1 Defining Input Output Function ees 6 3 Figure 6 2 Defining Input Output Values llle 6 4 Figure 6 3 Screenshot of the 9000X Programming Tool Entering the Address Code 6 4 Figure 7 1 Two Pump Autochange System Main Control Diagram 7 3 Figure 7 2 Three Pump Autochange System Main Control Diagram 7 4 Figure 7 3 Example of the Function of the PFC Application with Three Auxiliary Drives 8 7 8 Figure 7 4 Example of Two Pump Autochange Main Diagram 7 9 Figure 7 5 Example of Three Pump Autochange Main Diagram 7 9 Figure 8 1 Linear and Squared V Hz Ratio lees 8 2 Figure 8 2 Programmable V Hz Curve eee ee etn eee 8 3 Figure 8 3 PID Controller Function as I Controller llle 8 6 Figure 8 4 PID Output Curve with the Values of Example 2 8 6 Figure 8 5 PID Output Curve with the Values of Example 3 8 7 Figure 8 6 Start Forward Start Reverse a 8 11 Figure 8 7 Start Stop and Reverse ees 8 12 Figure 8 8 Start Pulse Stop Pulse 0 00 0 ccc eee eee eee eens 8 12 Figure 8 9 DIN3 as DC Br
111. 060x 4A 1 60 87 SVX075x 4A 1 FR8 75 105 SVX100x 4A 1 100 140 SVX125x 4A 1 125 170 SVX150x 4A 1 FR9 150 205 SVX200x 4A 1 200 245 Insert a 1 for NEMA Type 1 or a 2 for NEMA Type 12 in place of the x in the Catalog Number Table A 4 Output Power Ratings 575V CT Three Phase Input Frame Catalog Number Size Horsepower Current SVX002A1 5A4N1 FR6 2 3 33 SVX003A1 5A4N1 3 4 5 SVX004A1 5A4N1 5 5 SVX005A1 5A4N1 5 7 5 SVX007A1 5A4N1 7 1 2 10 SVX010A1 5A4N1 10 13 5 SVX015A1 5A4N1 15 18 SVX020A1 5A4N1 20 22 SVX025A1 5A4N1 25 27 SVX030A1 5A4N1 FR7 30 34 SVX040A1 5A4N1 40 41 SVX050A1 5A4N1 FR8 50 52 SVX060A1 5A4N1 60 62 SVX075A1 5A4N1 75 80 SVX100A1 5A4N1 FR9 100 100 SVX125A1 5A4N1 125 125 SVX150A1 5A4N1 150 144 SVX175A1 5A4N1 170 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com A 5 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Power Loss and Switching Frequency In some situations it may be desirable to change the switching frequency of the SVX9000 for some reason typically e g to reduce the motor noise Raising the switching frequency above the factory default level increases the drive power loss and increases the cooling requirements Figures A 2 through A 7 illustrate the power loss increase for the different SVX9000 models When operating
112. 0V joystick control Resolution 0 196 accuracy 1 Analog Input Current 0 4 to 20 mA Ri 2500 differential Digital Inputs 6 Positive or negative logic 18 to 24V DC Auxiliary Voltage 24V 15 max 250 mA Output Reference Voltage 10V 3 max load 10 mA MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com A 3 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table A 1 SVX9000 Drive Specifications Continued Description Specification Control Connections Continued Analog Output 0 4 to 20 mA RL max 5009 Resolution 10 bit Accuracy 2 or 0 to 10 V RL 1 kQ select with jumper Digital Outputs Open collector output 50 mA 48V Relay Outputs 3 programmable change over relay outputs Switching capacity 24V DC 8A 250V AC 8A 125V DC 0 4A Minimum switching load 5V 10 mA Continuous capacity 2 Arms Protections Overcurrent Protection Yes Undervoltage Protection Yes Ground Earth Fault In case of a ground fault in the motor or motor cables only the SVX9000 is protected Input Phase Supervision Trips if any of the input phases are missing Motor Phase Supervision Trips if any of the output phases are missing 24V and 10V Reference Voltages Overtemperature Protect
113. 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 4 8 Reference limit 0 0 P1 1 2 Hz 0 0 351 supervision value P1 3 4 9 External 0 0 100 0 s 0 5 352 brake off delay P1 3 4 10 External 0 0 100 0 s 1 5 353 brake on delay P1 3 4 11 FC temperature 0 2 0 354 0 Not used supervision 1 Low limit function 2 High limit P1 3 4 12 FC temperature 10 75 C 0 355 supervised value 6 14 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N April 2004 Cutler Hammer Table 6 13 Limit Settings M1 3 G1 3 4 continued SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 4 13 On Off control O 4 0 356 0 Not used signal 1 AI1 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 P1 3 4 14 On Off control 0 00 P1 3 4 15 96 10 00 357 low limit P1 3 4 15 On Off control P1 3 4 14 100 00 96 90 00 358 high limit Table 6 14 Analog Output 1 M1 G1 3 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 5 1 Analog output 1 AnOUT 01 AnOUT E 10 AnOUT A1 464 signal selection P1 3 5 2 Analog output 1 O 15 1 307 0 Not used function 1 Output freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current 0 InMotor 5 Motor torque 0 TnM
114. 1 RO2Status 5 19 Figure 5 12 Operate Menu Navigation cece eee eens 5 21 Figure A 1 SVX9000 Block Diagram 2 0c cece eee e eens A 2 Figure A 2 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 3 4 3 hp 230V 1 5 hp 480V eee eee ramo A 6 Figure A 3 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 5 7 1 2 hp 230V 7 1 2 15 hp 480V 1 n A 7 Figure A 4 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 10 15 hp 230V 20 30 hp 480V 1 hr A 7 Figure A 5 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 20 30 hp 230V 40 60 hp 480V 1 a hn A 8 Figure A 6 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 75 125 Np 48OV os cea nk chee ms ex e ee ERG Stare wasted ERO EN Or CE wea A 8 Figure A 7 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 150 200 hp 480V daan mha amm mdp Ra Ren RR Y E En LA weed AG A 9 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com iii For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 List of Figures continued Figure A 8 NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Dimensions eee eens A 10 Figure A 9 NEMA 1 and NEMA 12 with Flange Kit FR4 FR5 and FR6 Enclosure Dimensions leeren A 11 Figure A 10 NEMA 1 with Flange Kit FR7 and FR8 Enclosure Dimensions A 12 Figure
115. 1 164 Mode 2 cc 1 2 Mode 1 oc See P1 6 1 amp P1 6 12 cc closed contact oc open contact MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 6 11 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 Table 6 10 Delayed Digital Output 1 M1 gt G1 3 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 1 1 Digital output 1 DigOUT 0 1 DigOut E 10 DigOUT 0 1 486 signal selection P1 3 1 2 Digital output 1 O 26 1 312 0 Not used function 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reverse 10 Jogging spd selected 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 Freq limit 1 superv 14 Freq limit 2 superv 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit supervision 17 External brake control 18 Remote control active 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Reference inverted 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Therm fault or warn 23 On Off control 24 Fieldbus input data 1 25 Fieldbus input data 2 26 Fieldbus input data 3 P1 3 1 3 Digital output 1 0 00 320 00 s 0 00 487 0 00 delay not in use on delay P1 3 1 4 Digital output 1 0 00 320 00 S 0 00 488 0 0
116. 1 2 4 A direct reference Defines which reference source is added to PID controller output if PID controller is used 0 No additional reference Direct PID output value 1 PID output AI1 reference from terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer 2 PID output Al2 reference from terminals 4 and 5 e g transducer 3 PID output AI3 reference 4 PID output Al4 reference 5 PID output PID keypad reference 6 PID output Fieldbus reference FBSpeedReference 7 PID output Motor potentiometer reference If value 7 is selected for this parameter the values of ID319 and ID301 are automatically set to 13 See Figure 8 33 A Hz 30 00 po mM NG i Pa PID Max Limit poet N 7 M I VA ES na g NN PID Min Limit Fa 2000 df J t Figure 8 33 PID Sum Point Reference Note The maximum and minimum limits illustrated in the picture limit only the PID output no other outputs are affected 377 Al1 signal selection 234567 P1 2 8 P1 2 3 P1 2 12 P1 2 2 1 Connect the Al1 signal to the analog input of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see Page 6 3 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 37 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 384 All joystick hysteresis 6 P1 2 2 8 This pa
117. 1 3 1 5 General warning signal 4379 External fault or warning 67 P1 3 3 6 P 1 3 1 6 Fault or warning depending on par ID701 4389 Reference fault or warning 67 P1 3 3 7 P1 3 1 7 Fault or warning depending on parameter ID700 439 Overtemperature warning 67 P1 3 3 8 P 1 3 1 8 The heatsink temperature exceeds 70 C MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 45 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer 4400 4410 442 4432 4440 445 0 4460 4470 4480 4490 4500 4510 April 2004 Reverse 67 P1 3 3 9 P1 3 1 9 The Reverse command has been selected Unrequested direction 67 P1 3 3 10 P1 3 1 10 Motor rotation direction is different from the requested one At speed 67 P1 3 3 11 P1 3 1 11 The output frequency has reached the set reference Jog speed 67 P1 3 3 12 P1 3 1 12 Jog speed selected External control place 67 P1 3 3 13 P1 3 1 13 Control from I O terminal is selected External brake control 67 P1 3 3 14 P1 3 1 14 External brake ON OFF control with programmable delay External brake control inverted 67 P1 3 3 15 P1 3 1 15 External brake ON OFF control Output active when brake control is OFF Output frequency limit 1 67 P1 3 3 16 P1 3 1 16 supervision The output frequency is outside the
118. 1 7 4 Input phase 0 3 0 730 See P1 7 3 supervision P1 7 5 Response to 0 1 0 727 0 Fault Stored undervoltage 1 No History fault P1 7 6 Output phase 0 3 2 702 See P1 7 3 supervision P1 7 7 Ground fault 0 3 2 703 See P1 7 3 protection P1 7 8 Thermal 0 3 2 704 See P1 7 3 protection of the motor P1 7 9 Motor ambient 100 0 100 0 0 0 705 temperature factor P1 7 10 MTP cooling 0 0 150 0 40 0 706 As a of InMotor factor at zero speed P1 7 11 MTP time 1 200 min 45 707 constant P1 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 100 96 100 708 P1 7 13 Stall protection 0 3 0 709 See P1 7 3 P1 7 14 Stall current 0 1 InMotor X 2 A IL 710 P1 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 s 15 00 711 P1 7 16 Stallfrequency 1 00 P1 1 2 Hz 25 00 712 limit P1 7 17 Underload 0 3 0 713 See P1 7 3 protection P1 7 18 Underload 10 0 150 0 96 50 0 714 protect from torque P1 7 19 Underload 5 0 150 0 96 10 0 715 protect fo torque P1 7 20 Underload 2 00 600 00 S 20 00 716 protection time limit MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 6 19 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 6 20 Protections M1 gt G1 7 continued Code Parameter Mi
119. 15 protect fo torque P1 7 20 Underload 2 00 600 00 S 20 00 716 protection time limit 5 12 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 5 8 Protections M1 gt G1 7 continued SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 21 Response to 0 3 2 732 See P1 7 3 thermistor fault P1 7 22 Response to 0 3 2 733 See P1 7 3 fieldbus fault P1 7 23 Response to slot 0 3 2 734 See P1 7 3 fault P1 7 24 No of PT100 0 3 0 739 numbers P1 7 25 Response to 0 3 2 740 See P1 7 3 PT100 fault P1 7 26 PT100 warning 30 0 200 0 C 120 0 741 limit P1 7 27 PT100 fault limit 30 0 200 0 C 130 0 742 Auto Restart Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Table 5 9 Auto Restart Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 s 0 50 717 P1 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 s 30 00 718 P1 8 3 Start mode 0 2 0 719 0 Ramp 1 Flying start 2 Start per P1 4 6 P1 8 4 Number of tries 0 10 0 720 after undervoltage trip P1 8 5 Number of tries 0 10 0 721 after overvoltage trip P1 8 6 Number of tries 0 3 0 722 after overcurrent trip P1 8 7 Nu
120. 16 0 00 DC brake is off at start at start P1 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 0 Off 1 0n P1 4 13 Flux braking 0 4 x IH 2x ln A lu 519 current Skip Frequencies M1 G1 5 Table 5 6 Skip Frequencies M1 3 G1 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 5 1 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 2 Hz 0 00 509 range 1 low limit P1 5 2 Skip frequency P1 5 1 320 00 Hz 0 00 510 0 00 No prohibit range 1 range 1 high limit P1 5 3 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 4 Hz 0 00 511 range 2 low limit 5 10 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Table 5 6 Skip Frequencies M1 3 G1 5 continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 5 4 Skip frequency P1 5 3 320 00 Hz 0 00 512 0 00 No prohibit range 2 range 2 high limit P1 5 5 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 6 Hz 0 00 513 range 3 low limit P1 5 6 Skip frequency P1 5 5 320 00 Hz 0 00 514 0 00 No prohibit range 3 range 3 high limit P1 5 7 Prohibit acc dec 0 1 10 0 1 0 518 Multiplier for ramp time in ramp prohibit frequency range e g 0 1 10 of normal ramp time Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 Table 5 7 Motor Control Parameters M1
121. 2 L L ddd K21Y YA d d d dd sS ew L PE PE U vjw U vjw M M1 M ha Figure 7 4 Example of Two Pump Autochange Main Diagram PE L1 L2 L3 T um F2 q SVX9000 Kon qd K2 bi PE PE UL VW U M1 Pa M2 Figure 7 5 Example of Three Pump Autochange Main Diagram MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 7 9 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given by ID number in Chapter 8 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust User s customized setting ID ID number of the parameter for reference to Chapter 8 Parameter value can only be changed when the SVX9000 is stopped Programmed using terminal to function TTF method See Page 6 3 Basic Parameters M1 G1 1 Table 7 2 Basic Parameters M1 G1 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 P1 1 2 Max frequency P1
122. 2004 Control Input Output Table 1 1 Basic Application Default I O Configuration Raps potentiometer Terminal Signal Description OPTA9 pS a Se 10Vret Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 0 12 Al1 Analog input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference 0 10V DC l 3 Al1 O Ground Ground for reference and controls Remote reference 4 Al2 Analog input current range Current input frequency reference 5 Al2 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls Contact closed start forward ut 7 aoe eee 8 DIN1 Start forward Be ee ee eS 9 DIN2 Start reverse Wa 10 DIN3 External fault input programmable Contact closed start reverse Contact open no fault Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see terminal 6 P 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls e 414 DIN4 Multi step speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency ref Open Open Ref Vin Closed Open Multi step ref 1 Open Closed Multi step ref 2 Pa 15 DIN5 Multi step speed select 2 Closed Closed RefMax Contact open no action Pa 16 DING Fault reset 7 mt o Contact closed fault reset 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DING Connect to GND or 24V
123. 22 Response to 0 3 2 733 See P1 7 3 com fault P1 7 23 Response to slot 0 3 2 734 See P1 7 3 fault Auto Restart Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Table 4 9 Auto Restart Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 s 0 50 717 P1 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 s 30 00 718 P1 8 3 Start mode 0 2 0 719 0 Ramp 1 Flying start 2 Start per P1 4 6 P1 8 4 Number of tries 0 10 0 720 after undervoltage trip P1 8 5 Number of tries 0 10 0 721 after overvoltage trip P1 8 6 Number of tries 0 3 0 722 after overcurrent trip P1 8 7 Number of tries 0 10 0 723 after 4 mA trip P1 8 8 Number of tries 0 10 0 726 after motor temp fault trip P1 8 9 Number of tries 0 10 0 725 after external fault trip P1 8 10 Number of tries 0 10 1 738 after underload fault trip 4 12 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Keypad Control Parameters M2 This menu provides the parameters for the setting of the keypad frequency reference the selection of motor direction when in keypad operation and when the STOP button is active Table 4 10 Keypad Control Parameters M2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note R2 1 Keypad refer
124. 25 Multimonitor Displays three selectable monitoring values Operate Menu M8 The Operate Menu provides an easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items It also allows the setting of the keypad frequency reference See Chapter 5 of the SVX9000 User Manual for more information Table 7 22 Operate Menu Items Code Parameter Unit Description O 1 Output frequency Hz Output frequency to motor 0 2 Frequency reference Hz Frequency 0 3 Motor speed rpm Calculated motor speed in rpm 0 4 Motor current A Motor current 0 5 Motor torque Calculated torque as a percentage of nominal torque 0 6 Motor power Calculated motor shaft power 0 7 Motor voltage V Calculated motor voltage O 8 DC Bus voltage V DC Bus voltage O 9 Unit temperature C Heatsink temperature 0 10 Motor temperature Calculated motor temperature 0 11 PID reference 96 96 of the maximum frequency 0 12 PID actual value 96 96 of the maximum actual value O 13 PID error value 96 96 of the maximum error value O 14 PID output 96 96 of the maximum output value O 15 Running auxiliary Number of running auxiliary drives drives O 16 Special display for See P1 9 29 P1 9 30 and P1 9 31 actual value R1 Keypad reference Hz Keypad frequency reference setting MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 7 27 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free
125. 3 Table 7 19 Pump and Fan Control Parameters M12 G1 9 7 24 Table 7 20 Keypad Control Parameters M2 leen 7 26 Table 7 21 Monitoring MENU sse eed ee ERR oes Cees ce ee ee KG CER EE 7 26 Table 7 22 Operate Menu Items llle rns 7 27 Table 8 1 Preset Speed hh 8 1 Table 8 2 Preset Speeds 3t07 nns 8 5 Table 8 3 Multi Step Speed Selections with Digital Inputs DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DING 8 7 Table 8 4 Selections forID143 llle 8 8 Table 8 5 Selections for IDs 171 and 172 lessen 8 9 Table 8 6 Selections for Parameters ID173 and ID174 0 00 cece eee eens 8 10 Table 8 7 Analog Output Scaling eee 8 18 Table 8 8 Output Signals Via DO1 and Output Relays RO1 and RO2 8 19 Table 8 9 Selections for Parameter ID320 eee 8 22 Table 8 10 Selections for Parameter ID325 eens 8 24 Table 8 11 Selections for Parameter ID332 0 0000 8 25 Table 8 12 Size Dependent Switching Frequencies 00 cee eee eee ees 8 57 Table 8 13 Typical Monitored Items llle 8 70 Table 8 14 Selectable Wake Up Functions 0 00 cece eee ees 8 75 vi For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF
126. 3000 0 s 1 0 104 Ifthe PID controller is used deceleration time 2 P1 4 4 is automatically used P1 1 5 Current limit 0 4xlu 2xlu JA IL 107 lu is the nominal current rating of the SVX9000 P1 1 6 Nominal voltage of 180 690 V SVX 2 110 the motor 230V SVX 4 460V P1 1 79 Nominal frequency 30 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 111 Motor nameplate value of the motor P1 1 89 Nominal speed of 300 20 000 rpm 1775 112 Motor nameplate value The the motor default applies for a 4 pole motor and a nominal size SVX9000 P1 1 9 Nominal current of 0 4x14 2xly JIA lu 113 Motor nameplate value the motor P1 1 10 Power Factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Motor nameplate value MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 3 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 5 2 Basic Parameters M1 gt G1 1 continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 119 Local control place 1 3 2 171 1 1 0 Terminal 2 z Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 12 Remote control 1 3 1 172 1 1 0 Terminal place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 139 Local control 0 7 4 173 0 Al1 reference 1 Al2 2 AI3 3 Al4 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference 6
127. 4 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 4 5 Analog output 0 1 0 475 0 0 mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 4 6 Analog output 10 1000 96 100 476 scale P1 3 4 7 Analog output 100 00 100 00 96 0 00 477 offset Table 7 13 Analog Output 3 M1 G1 3 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 5 1 Analog output 3 AnOut 0 1 AnOut E 10 AnOut 0 1 478 signal selection P1 3 5 2 Analog output 3 0 14 0 479 See P1 3 3 2 function P1 3 5 3 Analog output 3 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 480 0 00 No filtering filter time P1 3 5 4 Analog output 3 0 1 0 481 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 5 5 Analog output 3 O 1 0 482 020 mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 5 6 Analog output 3 10 1000 100 483 scale P1 3 5 7 Analog output 3 100 00 100 00 0 00 484 offset MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 7 19 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 Table 7 14 Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 500 0 0 Linear 50 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 501 0 0 Linear 50 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 3 Accelerati
128. 4 5 Set the custom minimum and maximum levels for the AI3 signal from 100 to 10096 A13 signal inversion 0 No inversion 1 Signal inverted Al4 signal selection See ID141 Al4 signal selection See ID142 Al4 signal range See ID143 Al4 custom setting minimum Al4 custom setting maximum See ID144 and ID145 A14 signal inversion See ID151 567 567 567 567 67 67 567 P1 2 36 P1 2 4 6 P1 2 38 P1 2 5 1 P1 2 41 P1 2 5 2 P1 2 39 P1 2 5 3 P1 2 5 4 P1 2 5 5 P1 2 40 P1 2 5 6 8 8 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 164 Motor control mode 1 2 6 P1 2 7 21 Contact is open Motor control mode 1 is selected Contact is closed Motor control mode 2 is selected See ID600 and ID521 165 AI joystick offset 6 P1 2 2 11 Define the frequency zero point as follows With this parameter being displayed place the potentiometer at the assumed zero point and press ENTER on the keypad Note This will not change the reference scaling Press the RESET button to change the parameter value back to 0 0096 166 AI2 joystick offset 6 P1 2 3 11 See ID165 171 Local amp Remote Control Place P1 13 P1 1 11 P1 14 P1 1 12
129. 4 DIN5 Frequency ref 15 DIN5 Multi step speed select 2 Open Open Ref Vin Closed Open Multi step ref 1 Open Closed Multi step ref 2 Closed Closed RefMax 16 DIN6 Fault reset Contact open no action Contact closed fault reset 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DING Connect to GND or 24V 18 AO1 Output frequency Programmable 19 AO1 Analog output Range 0 20 mA R max 5002 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector lt 50 mA V lt 48V DC OPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 22 RO1 mm RUN 23 ROT 24 RO2 Relay output 2 75 RO2 d d FAULT Note For more information on jumper selections see the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 4 EH 2 2 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given by ID number in Chapter 8 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cus
130. 4567 P1 8 9 tries after external fault trip This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 No automatic restart after External fault trip s0 Number of automatic restarts after External fault trip MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 67 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 726 Automatic restart Number of 234567 P1 8 8 tries after motor temperature fault trip This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 No automatic restart after Motor temperature fault trip s0 Number of automatic restarts after the motor temperature has returned to its normal level 727 Response to undervoltage fault 234567 P1 7 5 0 Fault stored to Fault History 1 Fault not stored to Fault History 728 4mA reference fault preset 234567 P1 7 2 frequency reference If the value of parameter ID700 is set to 3 and the 4 mA fault occurs then the frequency reference to the motor is the value of this parameter 730 Input phase supervision 234567 P1 7 4 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting The input phase supervision ensures that the input phases of th
131. 5 96 Calculated torque as a percentage of nominal torque V7 6 Motor power 96 5 Calculated motor shaft power M77 V Calculated motor voltage V7 8 DC Bus voltage V 7 DC Bus voltage V7 9 Heatsink temperature V7 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V7 11 V Analog input AI1 V7 12 Current input mA 14 Analog input AI2 V7 13 Digital input status V7 14 DINA DIN5 DING 16 Digital input status V7 15 bi 17 Digital and relay output status V7 16 Analog lout mA 26 Analog output AO1 G7 17 Ca Displays three selectable monitoring values MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 1 5 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Operate Menu M8 The Operate Menu provides an easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items It also allows the setting of the keypad frequency reference See Chapter 5 of the SVX9000 User Manual for more information Table 1 5 Operate Menu Items Code Parameter Unit Description 0 1 Output frequency Hz Output frequency to motor 0 2 Frequency reference Hz Frequency 0 3 Calculated motor speed in rpm 0 4 Motor current A Motor current 0 5 Calculated torque as a percentage of nominal torque 0 6 Motor power Calculated motor shaft power Ov V Calculated
132. 50 3 3 1 0 lt 656 200 e The spacings of Table 3 1 also apply between the motor cables and signal cables of other systems e The maximum length of the motor cables is as follows 1 2 hp 230V units 328 ft 100m All other hp units 984 ft 300m e The motor cables should cross other cables at an angle of 90 degrees e f conduit is being used for wiring use separate conduits for the input power wiring the output power wiring the signal wiring and the control wiring MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 3 1 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 UL Compatible Cable Selection and Installation Use only copper wire with temperature rating of at least 75 C Table 3 2 Cable and Fuse Sizes 230V Ratings Wire Size 9 Terminal Size Frame Fuse aee hp Size lj A A o Power Ground Power Ground 1 FR4 4 8 10 14 14 12 16 14 16 1 1 2 6 6 10 14 14 12 16 14 16 2 7 8 10 14 14 12 16 14 16 3 11 15 12 14 12 16 14 16 5 FR5 17 5 20 10 10 8 16 8 16 7 1 2 25 30 8 8 8 18 8 16 10 FR6 31 40 8 8 0 14 2 10 15 48 60 4 6 0 14 2 10 20 FR7 61 80 2 6 0 14 00 10 25 72 100 2 6 0 14 00 10 30 87 110 1 0 4 0 14 00 10 UL recognized type RK Based on a maximum environment
133. A 11 FR9 Enclosure Dimensions lesser le A 13 Figure A 12 FR9 with Flange Kit Enclosure Dimensions 2 na A 14 List of Tables Table 1 1 SVX9000 AF Drive Catalog Numbering System 0 0000 eee eens 1 2 Table 2 1 Space Requirements for Mounting a SVX9000 Drive 2 1 Table 2 2 Cooling Airflow Requirements anunn eee teens 2 2 Table 3 1 Cable Spacings 2 0 3 BG ede cea eee te cota RORCR eae bee cds 3 1 Table 3 2 Cable and Fuse Sizes 230V RatingS 0 cece cece eee eee ees 3 2 Table 3 3 Cable and Fuse Sizes 480V RatingS 00 cece eee eee eee eens 3 2 Table 3 4 Cable and Fuse Sizes 575V Ratings cece eee eens 3 3 Table 3 5 Maximum Symmetrical Supply Current 0 00 c cence eee ees 3 3 Table 3 6 Power Connection Tightening Torque 00 cece eee eee eens 3 3 Table 3 7 Power and Motor Cable Stripping Lengths 00000 aaa 3 4 Table 4 1 Tightening Torques of Terminals cee eee eee eee eens 4 2 Table 4 2 Control Wiring Instructions 0 00 cece eee eens 4 2 Table 4 3 Option Board A9 Terminal Descriptions cece eee ee ees 4 4 Table 4 4 Option Board A2 Terminal Descriptions 0 000 e nee eee ees 4 6 Table 5 1 LCD Status Indicators 0 0 00 5 1 Table 5 2 LED Status Indicators llle 5 2 Table 5 3 Navigation Buttons 0 0 0 ccc eee eee eens 5 2 Table 5 4 Fault Ty
134. Analog output 2 100 00 100 00 96 0 00 477 offset Table 6 16 Analog Output 3 M1 G1 3 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 7 1 Analog output 3 AnOUT 01 AnOUT E 10 AnOUT 01 478 signal selection P1 3 7 2 Analog output 3 0 15 5 479 See P1 3 5 2 function P1 3 7 3 Analog output 3 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 480 0 No filtering filter time P1 3 7 4 Analog output 3 0 1 0 481 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 7 5 Analog output 3 0 1 0 482 0 O0mA minimum 124mA P1 3 7 6 Analog output 3 10 1000 96 100 483 100 No scaling scale P1 3 7 7 Analog output 3 100 00 100 00 0 00 484 offset Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 Table 6 17 Drive Control Parameters M1 G1 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 10 0 S 0 0 500 _ 0 0 Linear gt 0 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 501 0 0 Linear 50 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 3 Acceleration 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 502 time 2 P1 4 4 Deceleration 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 503 time 2 P1 4 5 9 Brake chopper 0 4 0 504 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 6 16 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll
135. April 2004 710 Stall current limit 234567 P1 7 14 The current can be set to 0 1 1 Motor 2 For a stall stage to occur the current must have exceeded this limit See Figure 8 49 If ID113 nominal motor current is changed this parameter is automatically restored to the default value li See Page A 3 Stall Area Par ID710 gt Par ID712 f Figure 8 49 Stall Characteristics Settings 711 Stall time 234567 P1 7 15 This time can be set between 1 0 and 120 0s This is the maximum time allowed for a stall stage The stall time is counted by an internal up down counter If the stall time counter value goes above this limit the protection will cause a trip see ID709 See Page A 3 A Stall Time Counter Trip Area Par ID711 Trip Warning Par ID709 Time gt Stall No Stall LJ c Figure 8 50 Stall Time Count 712 Stall frequency limit 234567 P1 7 16 The frequency can be set between 1 fmax ID102 For a stall state to occur the output frequency must have remained below this limit See Page A 3 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 63 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 713 Underload protection 234567 P1 7 17 0 No response
136. April 2004 Table 3 5 Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 continued SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 4 10 Frequency to 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 start DC braking during ramp stop P1 4 11 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 s 0 00 516 0 00 DC brake is off at start at start P1 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 0 Off 1 On P1 4 13 Flux braking 0 4 x IH 2 0 x Ig A lu 519 current Skip Frequencies M1 gt G1 5 Table 3 6 Skip Frequencies M1 3 G1 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 5 1 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 2 Hz 0 00 509 range 1 low limit P1 5 2 Skip frequency P1 5 1 320 00 Hz 0 00 510 0 00 No prohibit range 1 range 1 high limit P1 5 3 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 4 Hz 0 00 511 range 2 low limit P1 5 4 Skip frequency P1 5 3 320 00 Hz 0 00 512 0 00 No prohibit range 2 range 2 high limit P1 5 5 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 6 Hz 0 00 513 range 3 low limit P1 5 6 Skip frequency P1 5 5 320 00 Hz 0 00 514 0 00 No prohibit range 3 range 3 high limit P1 5 7 Prohibit acc dec 0 1 10 0 1 0 518 Multiplier for ramp time in ramp prohibit frequency range e g 0 1 10 of normal ramp time MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 3 9 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700
137. At speed The output frequency has reached the set reference 12 Motor regulator activated Overvoltage or overcurrent regulator was activated 13 Output frequency limit supervision The output frequency is outside the set supervision low limit high limit ID315 and ID316 14 Control from I O terminals O control mode selected Application 2 14 Output frequency limit 2 supervision The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low Applications 3456 limit high limit ID346 and ID347 15 Thermistor fault or warning The thermistor input of option board indicates Application 2 overtemperature Fault or warning depending on ID732 15 Torque limit supervision The motor torque is beyond the set supervision low limit Applications 3456 high limit ID348 and ID349 16 Fieldbus input data Fieldbus input data to DO RO Application 2 16 Reference limit supervision Active reference goes beyond the set supervision low limit Applications 3456 high limit ID350 and ID351 17 External brake control External brake ON OFF control with programmable delay Applications 3456 ID352 and ID353 18 Control from I O terminals External control mode Applications 3456 19 Frequency converter temperature Frequency converter heatsink temperature goes beyond the limit supervision Applications 3456 set supervision limits ID354 and ID355 20 Unrequested rotation direction Rotation direction is different from the requested one Applicatio
138. Basic Parameters M12 G1 1 ees 3 3 Table 3 3 Input Signals M13 G1 2 0 en 3 4 Table 3 4 Output Signals M13 G1 3J elles 3 6 iv For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 List of Tables continued Table 3 5 Drive Control Parameters M1 3 G1 4 eee eee 3 8 Table 3 6 Prohibit Frequencies M1 3 G1 5 ele 3 9 Table 3 7 Motor Control Parameters M1 gt G1 6 selle 3 10 Table 3 8 Protections M1 3 G1 7 0 0 c en 3 11 Table 3 9 Auto Restart Parameters M12 G1 8 llle 3 12 Table 3 10 Keypad Control Parameters M2 lese 3 13 Table 3 11 Monitoring Menu nn 3 13 Table 3 12 Operate Menu Items lessen 3 14 Table 4 1 Multi Step Speed Control Application Default I O Configuration 4 2 Table 4 2 Basic Parameters M12 G1 1 2 een 4 3 Table 4 3 Input Signals M1 3 G1 2 2 2 2 selle een 4 4 Table 4 4 Output Signals M13 G1 3 ees 4 6 Table 4 5 Drive Control Parameters M12 G1 4 eeleeee eee 4 8 Table 4 6 Prohibit Frequencies M1 3 G1 5b eere 4 9 Table 4 7 Motor Control Parameters M1 3 G1 6
139. D Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Attach the wiring plate with the screws provided Ensure that no wires are trapped between the frame and the wiring plate 10 Insert the rubber grommets supplied into the wiring plate holes that have not been used as illustrated in Figure 3 4 Figure 3 4 Cable Protection Plate 3 6 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 Standard Wiring Diagrams and Terminal Locations The following wiring diagrams show the line and motor connections of the frequency converter Power i Board 230V 3 4 15hp 480V 1 30 hp 575V 2 25 hp Control Board RFI Filter L1 t2 L3 I Note Integrated Brake Chopper Circuit Not Included on 575V units LT 12 L3 T See Note Figure 3 5 Principle Wiring Diagram of SVX Power Unit FR4 to FR5 and FR6 Note When using a 1 phase supply for units rated for such connect the input power to terminals L1 and L2 Consult Eaton Electrical for more information MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 3 7 For Sales
140. DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 421 P1 2 7 82 Motor DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 417 Motor potentiometer reference potentiometer decreases cc reference DOWN P1 2 7 9 Motor DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 418 Motor potentiometer reference potentiometer increases cc reference UP P1 2 7 10 Fault reset DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 3 414 All faults reset cc 9 P1 2 7 11 External fault DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 5 405 External fault displayed cc 9 close P1 2 7 12 External fault DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 2 406 External fault displayed oc 9 E open P1 2 7 13 Acc Dec time DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 6 408 Accel Decel time 1 oc 9 selection Accel Decel time 2 cc P1 2 7 14 Acc Dec prohibit DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 415 Accel Decel prohibited cc 9 P1 2 7 15 DC braking DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 416 DC braking active cc 9 P1 2 7 16 Jog speed DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 4 413 Jog speed selected for frequency reference cc P1 2 7 17 Al1 Al2 selection DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 422 P1 2 7 18 Force to Local DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 410 Force control place to Local e control P1 2 7 19 Force to Remote DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 409 Force control place to Remote control P1 2 7 20 Parameter set 1 set DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 496 Set2 cc 2 selection Set 1 oc 9 P1 2 7 21 Motor control mode DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0
141. ESCRIPTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN In no event will Eaton Electrical Inc be responsible to the purchaser or user in contract in tort including negligence strict liability or otherwise for any special indirect incidental or consequential damage or loss whatsoever including but not limited to damage or loss of use of equipment plant or power system cost of capital loss of power additional expenses in the use of existing power facilities or claims against the purchaser or user by its customers resulting from the use of the information recommendations and descriptions contained herein The information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice Cover Photo Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drives MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 REISEN Table of Contents LIST OF FIGURES pana DAN rano RR gne aux See eta ee Sew eee NUR CER KAIN RC RR iii LIST OF TABLES 22 lesse hh iv SAFETY orca Ka AA edat baba Na cuu a aa we ace V Definitions and Symbols 0 eh V Hazardous High Voltage cec m RR RR ay eee Rm da Ruhm mnm e v Warnings and CautionS 0 0 0 cece eee tenes vi CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW 0 00 eee hh 1 1 How to Use This Manual 22 2 eee 1 1 Receiving and Inspection
142. Example of Parameter Setting SVX9000 and One Auxiliary Drive 1012 Reference step after start of 7 P1 9 12 auxiliary drive 1 1013 Reference step after start of 7 P1 9 13 auxiliary drive 2 1014 Reference step after start of 7 P1 9 14 auxiliary drive 3 1015 Reference step after start of 7 P1 9 15 auxiliary drive 4 The reference step will always be automatically added to the reference value when the corresponding auxiliary drive is started These reference steps provide compensation for the pressure loss in the piping caused by the increased flow See Figure 8 55 8 72 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Reference for PI Controller A Reference Step 3 Par ID1014 Reference Step 2 Par 1D1013 Reference Step 1 N Par ID1012 N X Reference Analog Input Time Start Aux Drive 1 Sto Start Aux Drive 2 Sto Start Aux Drive 3 Sto Figure 8 55 Reference Steps after Starting Auxiliary Drives 1016 Sleep frequency 57 P1 1 19 The SVX9000 is automatically stopped if its frequency below the Sleep level defined with this parameter for a time greater than that determined by ID1017 During the Stop state the PID controller is operating switching the SVX9000 back to t
143. FR6 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals 3 12 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 230V 20 30 hp 480V 40 60 hp 575V 30 40 hp Frame Size FR7 i Motor Terminals Power Terminals Brake DC Terminals Terminals Waa Ground Figure 3 11 FR7 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 3 13 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Supplied only when Brake Chopper included with Drive 480V 75 125 hp 575V 50 75 hp Frame Size FR8 Brake DC T Terminale le pale NG Ground Terminal Figure 3 12 FR8 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals 3 14 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 480V 150 200 hp 575V 100 175 hp Frame Size FR9 Figure 3 13 FR9 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals MN04003002E For mo
144. Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 1020 PID controller bypass 7 P1 9 16 With this parameter the PID controller can be programmed to be bypassed Then the frequency of the controlled drive and the starting points of the auxiliary drives are defined according to the actual value signal See Figure 8 57 Output Freq A Max Freq a Par eee Start Freq of the Aux Drive 1 Start Freq of the Aux Drive 2 Par ID1002 NG Par ID1004 Minimum Freq m Stop Freq of the Aux F op Freq of the Aux Par ID101 Drive 1 Par ID1003 PREMIERS Act al Value Maximum of the Minimum of the Actual Value Actual Value Start Start Stop Control of the Freq Converter stop Start Auxiliary Drive 1 stop Start Auxiliary Drive 2 ssa Figure 8 57 Example of SVX9000 and Two Auxiliary Drives with Bypassed PID Controller 1021 Analog input selection for input 7 P1 9 17 pressure measurement 1022 Input pressure high limit 7 P1 9 18 1023 Input pressure low limit 7 P1 9 19 1024 Output pressure drop value 7 P1 9 20 In pressure increase stations there may be need for decreasing the output pressure if the input pressure decreases below a certain limit The input pressure measurement which is needed is connected to the analog input selected with ID1021 See Figure 8 58 8 76 For more information visit www eatonelectrical c
145. Filters out disturbances from the incoming analog Vin signal A long filtering time makes regulation response slower Unfiltered Signal 100 Filtered Signal 63 tIs Figure 8 12 Reference Filtering 307 Analog output function P1 18 P1 3 2 P1 3 5 2 P1 3 3 2 This parameter selects the desired function for the analog output signal See the specific parameters for the values available in each respective application 8 16 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 308 Analog output filter time 234567 P1 3 3 P1 3 5 3 P1 3 3 3 Defines the filtering time for the analog output signal Setting this parameter value to 0 00 will deactivate filtering n 96 Unfiltered Signal 10096 Filtered Signal 63 M tls Figure 8 13 Analog Output Filtering 309 Analog output inversion 234567 P1 3 4 P1 3 5 4 P1 3 3 4 Inverts the analog output signal Maximum output signal Minimum set value Minimum output signal maximum set value Analog Output 4 Current 20 mA 12 mA AYA ID311 5096 10 mA PN Tipan1 100 4mA LM Max Value of Signal Selected with ID307 0 mA Y
146. FixedControlWord bit 4 4579 Fieldbus input data 3 67 P1 3 3 26 P1 3 1 26 FBFixedControlWord bit 5 The data from the fieldbus FBFixedControlWord can be tied to digital outputs 458 Autochange 1 Auxiliary drive 1 7 P1 3 1 27 control Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 1 Default programming B 1 459 Autochange 2 Auxiliary drive2 7 P1 3 1 28 control Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 2 Default programming B 2 4602 Autochange 3 Auxiliary drive3 7 P1 3 1 29 control Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 3 If three or more auxiliary drives are used we recommend the use of a relay output to connect drive 3 Since the OPTA2 board only has two relay outputs it is advisable to purchase an I O expander board with extra relay outputs e g OPTB5 4612 Autochange 4 Auxiliary drive 4 7 P1 3 1 30 control Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 4 If three or more auxiliary drives are used we recommend the use of relay outputs to connect drives 3 and 4 Since the OPTA2 board only has two relay outputs it is advisable to purchase an I O expander board with extra relay outputs e g OPTB5 4622 Autochange 5 control 7 P1 3 1 31 Control signal for autochange drive 5 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 47 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Applica
147. IN4 select 2 DIN5 select 3 DING select 4 DIN3 P1 1 23 8 0 0 0 1 P1 1 24 9 1 0 0 1 P1 1 25 10 0 1 0 1 P1 1 26 11 1 1 0 1 P1 1 27 12 0 0 1 1 P1 1 28 13 1 0 1 1 P1 1 29 14 0 1 1 1 P1 1 30 15 1 1 1 1 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 7 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual 1410 142 143 144 145 151 1529 153 154 155 156 162 Al3 signal selection 567 E T N Cutler Hammer P1 2 34 P1 2 4 1 April 2004 Connect the AI3 signal to the analog input of your choice with this parameter For more information see Page 6 3 Terminal to Function TTF programming Al3 signal filter time 567 P1 2 37 P1 2 4 2 When this parameter is given a value greater than 0 the function that filters out disturbances from the incoming analog signal is activated A long filtering time makes the regulation response slower See ID324 A13 signal range 567 P1 2 35 P1 2 4 3 With this parameter you can select the AI3 signal range Table 8 4 Selections for ID143 Application Select 5 6 7 0 0 10096 0 10096 0 10096 1 20 10096 20 100 20 10096 2 10 10V Customized 3 Customized AI3 custom setting minimum 67 P1 2 4 4 AI3 custom setting maximum 67 P1 2
148. MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Protections M1 gt G1 7 Table 3 8 Protections M1 gt G1 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 1 Response to 0 5 0 700 0 No response 4 mA reference 1 Warning fault 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Wrng Preset Freq P1 7 2 4 Fault stop per P1 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 2 4 mA reference 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 728 fault frequency P1 7 3 Response to 0 3 2 701 0 No response external fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop per P1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 4 Input phase 0 3 0 730 See P1 7 3 supervision P1 7 5 Response to 0 1 0 727 0 Fault Stored undervoltage 1 No History fault P1 7 6 Output phase 0 3 2 702 See P1 7 3 supervision P1 7 7 Ground fault 0 3 2 703 See P1 7 3 protection P1 7 8 Thermal 0 3 2 704 See P1 7 3 protection of the motor P1 7 9 Motor ambient 100 0 100 0 0 0 705 temperature factor P1 7 10 MTP cooling 0 0 150 0 40 0 706 As a of InMotor factor at zero speed P1 7 11 MTP time 1 200 min 45 707 constant P1 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 100 100 708 P1 7 13 Stall protection 0 3 0 709 See P1 7 3 P1 7 14 Stall current 0 1 InMotor X
149. Motor 0 0 No reset potentiometer 1 Reset if stopped or powered frequency down reference 2 Reset if powered down memory reset P1 2 1 4 Adjust input 0 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus P1 2 1 5 Adjust minimum 0 0 Adjust maximum Table 6 4 Analog Input 1 M1 3 G1 2 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 2 1 Al1 signal selection AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN A 1 377 P1 2 2 2 AI1 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 324 0 No filtering P1 2 2 3 Al1 signal range 0 3 0 320 0 0 100 1 20 100 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range P1 2 2 4 Al1 custom 100 00 100 00 96 0 00 321 minimum setting P1 22 5 Al1custom 100 00 100 00 100 00 322 maximum setting P1 2 2 6 AI1 reference 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 303 Selects the frequency that scaling minimum corresponds to the min value reference signal P1 2 2 7 All reference 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 304 Selects the frequency that scaling maximum corresponds to the max value reference signal Place jumpers of block X2 appropriately 6 8 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 6 4 Analog Input 1 Signals M1 3 G1 2 2 continued SVX900
150. P1 5 6 Skip frequency P1 5 5 320 00 Hz 0 00 514 0 00 No prohibit range 3 range 3 high limit P1 5 7 Prohibit acc dec 0 1 10 0 1 0 518 Multiplier for ramp time in ramp prohibit frequency range e g 0 1 1096 of normal ramp time MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 6 17 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 Table 6 19 Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 6 1 Motor control 0 3 0 600 0 Frequency control mode 1 Speed control 2 Torque control P1 6 2 V Hz 0 1 0 109 0 Not used optimization 1 Automatic torque boost P1 6 39 V Hz ratio 0 3 0 108 0 Linear selection 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optimiz P1 6 49 Field weakening 8 00 320 00 Hz 160 00 602 point P1 6 5 Voltage at field 10 00 200 00 100 00 603 n x VnMotor weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz curve 0 00 P1 6 4 Hz 60 00 604 midpoint frequency P1 6 7 V Hz curve 0 00 P1 6 5 96 100 00 605 n96 x VnMotor midpoint voltage P1 6 8 Output voltage 0 00 40 00 96 0 00 606 n x VnMotor at zero frequency P1 6 9 Switching 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 See Table 8 12 for exact frequency
151. Power Calculated power based on nominal motor power 0 7 Motor Voltage V Calculated motor voltage 0 8 DC Bus Voltage V Measured DC bus voltage 0 9 Unit Temperature SC Heatsink temperature O 10 MotorTemperature 96 Calculated motor temperature based on the motor nameplate information and the calculated motor load R1 Keypad Reference Hz Keypad frequency reference setting The menu is navigated by using the left and right arrow buttons If a reference level is available for setting the up and down arrow buttons adjust the value To exit the Operate Menu to access the other menus depress the ENTER button for 2 seconds While in the other menus if there is no keypad activity the display will return to the Operate Menu after 30 seconds Figure 5 12 illustrates the Operate Menu button function 5 20 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 One Touch Operate Menu Navigation Note ke Up and Down arrows are defaulted to Freq He Up frequency reference Some applications also support other references like A Torque or PID The active reference is Monitor Display Monitor Display selected with a parameter Navigation Left r4 Navigation Right v Y A
152. Roues e BOR A 4 Power Loss and Switching Frequency lees A 6 Dimensions llle A 10 EMG Cana lity secre uuo rre ted eret Gave ahah Oen To ae acd ees eke E Rs A 15 Declaration of Conformity 0 ccc ete een eens A 15 Warranty and Liability Information 0 0c cee eens A 16 APPENDIX B FAULT AND WARNING CODES 00 00 eee eee eens B 1 il For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 List of Figures Figure 2 1 Mounting Space Requirements lees 2 1 Figure 3 1 Input Power and Motor Cable Stripping and Wire Lengths 3 4 Figure 3 2 Wiring Plate siis Kaka PPO X ReceRexeieRhe XE a roaroa ipui Droa 3 5 Figure 3 3 Ground Terminal Locations eee 3 5 Figure 3 4 Cable Protection Plate n 3 6 Figure 3 5 Principle Wiring Diagram of SVX Power Unit FRA to FR5 and FRG 690V uel Pakana w eae exu er ed ucerter v xd x ee ee Bee 3 7 Figure 3 6 Principle Wiring Diagram of SVX Power Unit FR6 500V FR7 and FR8 2 02 ehh 3 8 Figure 3 7 Principle Wiring Diagram of SVX Power Unit FR9 to FR10 3 9 Figure 3 8 FR4 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals selle 3 10 Figure 3 9 FR5 Power and Motor Wiring Termi
153. SE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 1 CHAPTER 7 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 1 CHAPTER 8 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 8 1 APPENDIX A ADDITIONAL INFORMATION lessen A 1 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drives User Manual Supersedes October 2003 April 2004 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 Important Notice Please Read The product discussed in this literature is subject to terms and conditions outlined in Eaton Electrical Inc selling policies The sole source governing the rights and remedies of any purchaser of this equipment is the relevant Eaton Electrical Inc selling policy NO WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY OR WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE MADE REGARDING THE INFORMATION RECOMMENDATIONS AND D
154. Ss ss level in the menu G6 5 Slot E Board structure M7 Monitor For example Ring Ing v7 1 Output Frequency 0 00 Hz left arrow once will back NEN f up from R2 1 to M2 V7 2 Frequency Reference 0 00 Hz M7 1x Multimonitor WN7 1x 1 I M8 Operate Mode 01 Output Frequency 0 0 Hz I O2 Freq Reference 0 0 Hz Ox Figure 5 2 Main Menu Navigation Menu application dependent 5 4 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Parameter Menu M1 SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual The Parameter Menu is a single or multi level menu dependent upon the application in use arranged by the parameter group items Figure 5 3 illustrates this for the Standard application Parameters and parameter groups are explained in further detail in the SVX9000 Application Manual o CO M1 Parameters Menu G1 1 Basic Parameters P1 1 1 Minimum Frequency P1 1 2 Maximum Frequency P1 1 16 Preset Speed 1 G1 2 Input Signals P1 2 1 Start Stop Logic P1 2 2 DINS Function P1 2 9 AI2 Signal Select G1 3 Output Signals P1 3 1 A1out Signal P1 3 2 A1out Content P1 3 17 A2out
155. Two Pump Autochange System Main Control Diagram MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 7 3 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 230V AC OPTA9S ops OPTA9 24V DC DING DINA 112R f9DIN2 f10 tad qe ra a APA 922 OPTB5 925 OPTB5 128 23 26 29 j A OLine A OLine A OLine 31 7 777 N17 gi Og 7 33 TZ NC 7 K3 K3 K1 K2 K3 4 K1 K3 K2 Kn K2 K1 7 K2 7 K1 1 7 K1 7 K2 1 7 K2 7 K31 K3 7 K1 K1 1 K2 K2 1 K3 K3 1 M1 SVX9000 M1 Line M2 SVX9000 M2 Line M1 SVX9000 M3 Line Figure 7 2 Three Pump Autochange System Main Control Diagram Operation and Key Parameters Automatic Changing Between Drives Autochange P1 9 24 The Autochange function allows the starting and stopping order of drives controlled by the pump and fan automatic control system to be changed at settable intervals The motor controlled by the SVX9000 can also be included in the automatic changing and locking sequence P1 9 25 The Autochange function makes it possible to equalize the run times of the motors and pumps e Apply the Autochange function with P1 9 24 Autochange
156. V DC OPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable 69 2 O i 24 RO2 Relay output 2 Programmable 4 75 RO2 mE FAULT 26 O Note For more information on jumper selections see the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 4 e e e e e eje eje eje 6 2 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Terminal To Function TTF Programming Principle The programming principle of the input and output signals in the Multi Purpose Control Application as well as in the Pump and Fan Control Application and partly in the other applications is different compared to the conventional method used in other applications In the conventional programming method Function to Terminal Programming Method FTT you have a fixed input or output that you define a certain function for The applications mentioned above however use the Terminal to Function Programming Method TTF in which the programming process is carried out the other way round Functions appear as parameters for which the operator defines a certain input output See Warning on Page 6 4 Defining an Input Output for a Certain Function on Keypad Connecting a certain input or output with a specific function parameter is done by giving the parameter an app
157. WD Output Frequency Stop Function BA Coasting t REV DIN1 DIN2 Figure 8 6 Start Forward Start Reverse MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 11 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 2 DIN1 closed contact start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running see Figure 8 7 FWD Output Stop Function Frequency ID506 Coasting t REV y DIN1 DIN2 Figure 8 7 Start Stop and Reverse 3 3 wire connection pulse control DIN1 closed contact start pulse DIN2 open contact stop pulse DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command see Figure 8 8 Output If Start and Stop pulses are Frequency Stop Function ID506 Coasting pa simultaneous the Stop pulse overrides the Start pulse J REV DIN1 Start DIN2 TITI A Figure 8 8 Start Pulse Stop Pulse 8 12 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 The selections including the text Rising edge
158. a Setting 8 55 Figure 8 46 Ramp Speed Scaling between Prohibit Frequencies 8 56 Figure 8 47 Motor Thermal Currently Curve lee 8 61 Figure 8 48 Motor Thermal Protection eee 8 62 Figure 8 49 Stall Characteristics Settings ce eee eee 8 63 Figure 8 50 Stall Time Count 0 000 cece eee teen eee eee 8 63 Figure 8 51 Setting of Minimum Load sese 8 64 Figure 8 52 Underload Time Counter Function sasn cece eee eee eee 8 65 Figure 8 53 Example of Automatic Restarts with Two Restarts 8 66 Figure 8 54 Example of Parameter Setting 0 000 ccc cece ee eee eens 8 72 Figure 8 55 Reference Steps after Starting Auxiliary Drives 8 73 Figure 8 56 Frequency Converter Sleep Function llle 8 74 Figure 8 57 Example of SVX9000 and Two Auxiliary Drives with Bypassed PID Controller 0 00 cece eee eee hn 8 76 Figure 8 58 Input and Output Pressure Measuring eee eee eee eens 8 77 Figure 8 59 Output Pressure Behavior Depending on Input Pressure and Parameter Settings 0 cece eee een eee eens 8 77 Figure 8 60 Frequency Drop and Increase Delays cee eee eee 8 78 Figure 8 61 Autochange Applied to Auxiliary Drives Only llle 8 79 Figure 8 62 Autochange with All Drives 222 lille 8 79 Figure 8 63 Autochange Interval and Limits
159. a blocked air intake grill Parameters of Stall Protection ID709 to ID712 General The motor stall protection protects the motor from short time overload situations such as one caused by a stalled shaft The reaction time of the stall protection can be set shorter than that of motor thermal protection The stall state is defined with two parameters ID710 Stall current and ID712 Stall frequency limit If the current is higher than the set limit and output frequency is lower than the set limit the stall state is true Actual shaft rotation is not determined Stall protection is a type of overcurrent protection MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com A 3 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Parameters of Underload Protection ID713 to ID716 General The purpose of the motor underload protection is to ensure that there is load on the motor when the SVX9000 is running If the motor loses its load there might be a problem in the process e g a broken belt or a dry pump Motor underload protection can be adjusted by setting the underload curve with parameters ID714 Field weakening area load and ID715 Zero frequency load The underload curve is a squared curve set between the zero frequency and the field weakening point The protection is
160. age A 1 4 Brake on off control Application 6 only see Page A 1 If the output frequency goes under over the set limit ID347 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or relay outputs RO1 or RO2 depending on 1 the settings of ID312 to ID314 Applications 3 4 5 or 2 to which output the supervision signals ID447 and ID448 are connected Applications 6 and 7 347 Output frequency limit 2 34567 P1 3 13 P1 3 4 4 P1 3 2 4 supervision value Selects the frequency value supervised by ID346 See Figure 8 16 8 28 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 348 Torque limit supervision 34567 P1 3 14 P1 3 4 5 P1 3 2 5 function 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake on control Application 6 only see Page A 1 If the calculated torque value falls below or exceeds the set limit ID349 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via a relay output RO1 or RO2 depending on 1 the settings of ID312 to ID314 Applications 3 4 5 or 2 to which output the supervision signal ID451 is connected Applications 6 and 7 349 Torque limit supervision value 34567 P1 3 15 P1 3 4 6 P 1 3 2 6 Set here t
161. ake Command Input 0 cence eee eee 8 15 Figure 8 10 With and Without Reference Scaling 000 cee eee eee e eee 8 15 Figure 8 11 Reference Inversion cece eee eee ene eens 8 16 Figure 8 12 Reference Filtering 00 cee eens 8 16 Figure 8 13 Analog Output Filtering 0000 e 8 17 Figure 8 14 Analog Output Invert 0 00 c cee eee ene 8 17 Figure 8 15 Analog Output Scaling 0 00 eee ene ees 8 18 Figure 8 16 Output Frequency Supervision cee ees 8 20 Figure 8 17 DC Braking Command Selection 12 Selected for DIN2 8 22 Figure 8 18 AI1 No Signal Inversion llle 8 23 Figure 8 19 AI1 Signal Inversion eh 8 23 Figure 8 20 AI1 No Signal Filtering cee eens 8 24 Figure 8 21 Analog Input AI2 Scaling ees 8 24 Figure 8 22 Examples of Actual Value Signal Scaling 8 27 Figure 8 23 Control Place B with and without Reference Scaling 8 28 Figure 8 24 External Brake Control e 8 30 Figure 8 25 An Example of On Off Control lees 8 31 Figure 8 26 Scaling of Max Motor Current lisse ee 8 32 Figure 8 27 Reduction of DC Braking Current lees 8 32 Figure 8 28 Reduction of Acceleration and Deceleration Times 8 33 Figure 8 29 Reduction of Torque Supervision Limit a 8 33 Figure 8 30 Place B Start Forward Sta
162. al value 2 12 PID error value 13 PID controller output 14 PT100 temperature P1 3 3 Analog output 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 308 0 00 No filtering filter time P1 3 4 Analog output O 1 0 309 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 5 Analog output O 1 0 310 0 0MA minimum 1 4MA P1 3 6 Analog output 10 1000 96 100 311 scale P1 3 7 Digital output 1 O 23 1 312 0 Not used function 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Jog speed selected 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit superv 17 External brake control 18 Remote Control Active 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested rotation direction 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Thermistor fault warning 23 Fieldbus input data P1 3 8 Relay output 1 0 23 2 313 See P1 3 7 function 5 8 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 5 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 continued SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cus
163. al values of parameters and signals as well as the status and measurements of other elements Monitored items cannot be edited See the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 5 Menu information item M7 for more information Table 5 11 Monitoring Menu Code Parameter Unit ID Description V7 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V7 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency V7 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Calculated motor speed in rpm V7 4 Motor current A 3 Motor current V7 5 Motor torque 96 4 Calculated torque as a percentage of nominal torque V7 6 Motor power 96 5 Calculated motor shaft power V7 7 Motor voltage V 6 Calculated motor voltage V7 8 DC Bus voltage V 7 DC Bus voltage V7 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V7 10 Motortemperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V7 11 Analog input 1 V 13 Analog input AI1 V7 12 Analog input 2 mA 14 Analog input AI2 V7 13 Analog input 3 27 Analog input Al3 V7 14 Analog input 4 28 Analog input Al4 V7 15 DINT DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input status V7 16 DIN4 DIN5 DING 16 Digital input status V7 17 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output status V7 18 Analog lout mA 26 Analog output AO1 5 14 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer
164. alker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer 4159 4162 4179 4180 4190 4200 4210 4220 4230 4240 4259 426 April 2004 Acceleration Deceleration 67 P1 2 7 14 P1 2 6 13 prohibited Contact closed No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened DC braking 67 P1 2 7 15 P1 2 6 14 Contact closed In STOP mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened Motor potentiometer DOWN 67 P1 2 7 8 P1 2 6 15 Contact closed Motor potentiometer reference DECREASES until the contact is opened Motor potentiometer UP 67 P1 2 7 9 P1 2 6 16 Contact closed Motor potentiometer reference INCREASES until the contact is opened Preset speed 1 6 P1 2 7 5 Preset speed 2 6 P1 2 7 6 Preset speed 3 6 P1 2 7 7 Parameter values are automatically limited between the minimum and maximum frequencies ID101 and ID102 AI1 AI2 selection 6 P1 2 7 17 This parameter is used to select either AI1 or AI2 signal as the frequency reference Start A signal 7 P1 2 6 1 Start command from control place A Default programming A 1 Start B signal 7 P1 2 6 2 Start command from control place B Default programming A 4 Control place A B selection 7 P1 2 6 3 Contact open Control place A Contact closed Control place B Default programming A 6 Autochange 1 int
165. ameters M1 gt G1 9 continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 9 19 Input pressure 0 0 100 0 96 20 00 1023 low limit P1 9 20 Output pressure 0 0 100 0 96 30 00 1024 drop P1 9 21 Frequency drop 0 0 300 0 S 0 0 1025 0 0 No delay delay 300 0 No frequency drop P1 9 22 Frequency 0 0 300 0 S 0 0 1026 0 0 No delay increase delay 300 0 No frequency increase P1 9 23 Interlock 2 1 1032 0 Interlocks not used selection 1 Set new interlock last update order after value of P1 9 26 or Stop state 2 Stop and update order immediately P1 9 24 Autochange 1 1 1027 0 Not used 1 Autochange used P1 9 25 Autochange and 1 1 1028 0 Auxiliary drives only interlock 1 All drives automatics selection P1 9 26 Autochange 48 0 1029 0 0 TEST 40s interval P1 9 27 Autochange 0 1 1030 maximum number of auxiliary drives P1 9 28 Autochange 0 00 30 00 1031 frequency limit P1 9 29 Actual value 0 0 0 0 1033 special display minimum P1 9 30 Actual value 0 0 3000 0 10 0 1034 special display maximum P1 9 31 Actual value 0 4 1 1035 special display decimals MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 7 25 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Keypad Control Paramete
166. and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Power i Board 230V 20 30 hp 480V 40 125 hp 575V 30 75 hp Control Board Note Integrated Brake Chopper Circuit Not Included on 575V units ET L2 L3 See Note Figure 3 6 Principle Wiring Diagram of SVX Power Unit FR6 FR7 and FR8 Note When using a 1 phase supply for units rated for such connect the input power to terminals L1 and L2 Consult Eaton Electrical for more information 3 8 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 Power i Board i i I presdesee 1 l AE i i Don 480V 150 350 hp l 575V 100 300 hp Control Board 7 11 L2 13 See Note Figure 3 7 Principle Wiring Diagram of SVX Power Unit FR9 to FR10 The dotted lines refer to components present in FR9 but not in FR10 Note When using a 1 phase supply for units rated for such connect the input power to terminals L1 and L2 Consult Eaton Electrical for more information MN04003002E For more inf
167. and when checking components Always work with another person in case an emergency occurs Disconnect power before checking controllers or performing maintenance Besure equipment is properly grounded Wear safety glasses whenever working on electronic controllers or rotating machinery MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com V For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Warnings and Cautions Read this manual thoroughly and make sure you understand the procedures before you attempt to install set up or operate this Cutler Hammer SVX9000 Adjustable Frequency Drive from Eaton Electrical Warnings A WARNING Be sure to ground the unit following the instructions in this manual Ungrounded units may cause electric shock and or fire A WARNING This equipment should be installed adjusted and serviced by qualified electrical maintenance personnel familiar with the construction and operation of this type of equipment and the hazards involved Failure to observe this precaution could result in death or severe injury A WARNING Components within the SVX9000 power unit are live when the drive is connected to power Contact with this voltage is extremely dangerous and may cause death or severe injury A WARNING Line terminals L1 L2
168. anging needs of the industrial utility light commercial residential and OEM markets For more information visit www eatonelectrical com Eaton Corporation is a global diversified industrial manufacturer with 2002 sales of 7 2 billion that is a leader in fluid power systems electrical power quality distribution and control automotive engine air management and fuel economy and intelligent drivetrain systems for fuel economy and safety in trucks Eaton has 51 000 employees and sells products in more than 50 countries For more information visit www eaton com Eaton Electrical 1000 Cherrington Parkway Moon Township PA 15108 4312 USA tel 1 800 525 2000 www eatonelectrical com 2004 Eaton Corporation All Rights Reserved A Printed in USA e ut e r a m m e r Publication No MN04003002E CPG m April 2004 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com
169. ation and when the STOP button is active Table 1 3 Keypad Control Parameters M2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note R2 1 Keypad reference P1 1 P1 2 Hz P2 2 Keypad direction 0 1 0 123 0 Forward 1 Reverse P2 3 Stop button active 0 1 1 114 0 Stop enabled only in keypad operation 1 Stop button always enabled Menus M3 to M6 Menus M3 to M6 provide information on the Active Faults Fault History System Menu settings and the Expander Board setup These menu items are explained in detail in Chapter 5 of the SVX9000 User Manual 1 4 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Monitoring Menu M7 The monitored items are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as the status and measurements of other elements Monitored items cannot be edited See the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 5 Menu information item M7 for more information Table 1 4 Monitoring Menu Code Parameter Unit ID Description V7 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V7 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency V7 3 2 Calculated motor speed in rpm V7 4 Motor current A 3 Motor current V7
170. ault Codes Continued E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Fault Code Fault Possible Cause Solution 43 Encoder fault Note exceptional fault data record Check encoder channel connections see the Active Fault Menu and Fault Check the encoder board Time Data Record for more information Additional codes 1 Encoder 1 channel A is missing 2 Encoder 1 channel B is missing 3 Both encoder 1 channels are missing 4 Encoder reversed 44 Device change e option board changed Reset different type e different power rating of drive Note No Fault Time Data Record is made Note Application parameter values restored to default 45 Device added e option board added Reset different type e drive of different power rating Note No Fault Time Data Record is added made Note Application parameter values restored to default 50 Analog input Current at the analog input is Check the current loop signal source lin lt 4 mA 4 mA and wiring for the signal e control cable is broken or loose anos e signal has fail 4to 20 mA signal source has failed 51 External fault Digital input set as an external fault Check source of trigger input has been triggered 52 Keypad The connection between the control Check the keypad connection and communication keypad and the SVX9000 has been keypad cable fault lost 53 Communication The data connection between the Check installa
171. based on the supply voltage fluctuations Note An overvoltage trip may occur if the controller is switched off 0 Controller switched off 1 Controller switched on no ramping Minor adjustments of OP frequency are made 2 Controller switched on with ramping Controller adjusts OP freq up to max freq 608 Undervoltage controller 234567 P1 6 11 See ID607 Note An undervoltage trip may occur if the controller is switched off 0 Controller switched off 1 Controller switched on 609 Torque limit 234567 P1 10 1 With this parameter you can set the torque limit control between 0 0 400 0 610 Torque limit control P gain 6 P1 10 2 This parameter defines the gain of the torque limit controller 611 Torque limit control l gain 6 P1 10 3 This parameter determines the I gain of the torque limit controller 620 CL Load drooping 234567 P1 6 12 P1 6 15 The drooping function enables speed drop as a function of load This parameter sets that amount corresponding to the nominal torque of the motor 631 Identification 234567 P1 6 13 P1 6 16 8 58 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 636 Minimum frequency for Open 6 P1 10 8 Loop torque control Defines the frequency limit below which the frequency converter o
172. c Code NEC Failure to follow this precaution may result in death or severe injury A WARNING Before opening the SVX9000 drive covers Disconnect all power to the SVX9000 drive Wait a minimum of 5 five minutes after all the lights on the keypad are off This allows time for the DC bus capacitors to discharge A hazard voltage may still remain in the DC bus capacitors even if the power has been turned off Confirm that the capacitors have fully discharged by measuring their voltage using a multimeter set to measure DC voltage Failure to follow the above precautions may cause death or severe injury Cautions A CAUTION Do not perform any meggar or voltage withstand tests on any part of the SVX9000 drive or its components Improper testing may result in damage A CAUTION Prior to any tests or measurements of the motor or the motor cable disconnect the motor cable at the SVX9000 output terminals U V W to avoid damaging the SVX9000 during motor or cable testing A CAUTION Do not touch any components on the circuit boards Static voltage discharge may damage the components A CAUTION Any electrical or mechanical modification to this equipment without prior written consent of Eaton s Cutler Hammer business unit will void all warranties and may result in a safety hazard in addition and voiding of the UL listing A CAUTION Install the SVX9000 drive on flame resistant material such as a steel plate to redu
173. ce potentiometer Menu M3 Menu M3 App 3 only 5 Fieldbus All x AI2 Fieldbus reference reference 6 Potentiometer ref AI1 joystick Potentiometer ref PID controller ref Al2 joystick PID controller ref 8 Keypad reference Menu M3 9 Fieldbus reference 10 Potentiometer reference controlled with DIN5 TRUE increase and DING TRUE decrease 11 Alt or AI2 whichever is lower 12 AI1 or AI2 whichever is greater 13 max frequency recommended in torque control only 14 AI1 AI2 selection 8 10 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 300 Start Stop logic selection 2346 P1 2 1 P1 2 1 1 0 DIN1 closed contact start forward DIN2 closed contact start reverse O The first selected direction has the highest priority When the DIN1 contact opens the direction of rotation starts to change 3 If Start forward DIN1 and Start reverse DIN2 signals are active simultaneously the Start forward signal DIN1 has priority 1 DIN1 closed contact start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverse open contact forward see Figure 8 6 A F
174. ce the risk of fire A CAUTION Install the SVX9000 drive on a perpendicular surface that is able to support the weight of the drive and is not subject to vibration to lessen the risk of the drive falling and being damaged and or causing personal injury MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com vii For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 A CAUTION Prevent foreign material such as wire clippings or metal shavings from entering the drive enclosure as this may cause arcing damage and fire A CAUTION Install the SVX9000 drive in a well ventilated room that is not subject to temperature extremes high humidity or condensation and avoid locations that are directly exposed to sunlight or have high concentrations of dust corrosive gas explosive gas inflammable gas grinding fluid mist etc Improper installation may result in a fire hazard Motor and Equipment Safety A CAUTION Before starting the motor check that the motor is mounted properly and aligned with the driven equipment Ensure that starting the motor will not cause personal injury or damage equipment connected to the motor A CAUTION Set the maximum motor speed frequency in the HXV9000 drive according to the requirements of the motor and the equipment connected to it Incorrect
175. com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 On o Interlock 4 Off Interlock 3 an Interlocks On Interlock 2 off 5l I7 p Interlock 1 Off on LLL aY 1 0 000 Relay on mezmm 1 Control on I o o a Running O0O C4T QL DE Main Drive Running A Max Frequency A TO Aux 1 2 and 3 EJ L amp p L 8 dk Start Frequenc I Ho Jd Y VIN ory PM Main Drive o lily l X Ni l H l X utput l l l Frequency i i I k l y X H I H F Wu WA Aux 1 2and3 3 yp i _ A 4 Stop Frequency 7 y Min Frequency 1 A f 100 PID Output Aux Drive 1 1 Figure 7 3 Example of the Function of the PFC Application with Three Auxiliary Drives 7 8 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 PE L1 L2 L3 zu B F3 F DL F
176. control locations corresponding to local and remote can be selected within an application 6 5 2 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 Table 5 3 Navigation Buttons Continued Button Description Left Arrow e navigation button movement to left in parameter edit mode exits mode backs up one step cancels edited parameter exit from a parameter edit mode When in Operate menu will move backward through menu At end of Start Up Wizard repeats the Start Up Wizard setup menu Right Arrow e navigation button movement to right e enter parameter group mode enter parameter mode from group mode e When in Operate menu will move forward through menu Up and Down Arrows e move either up or down a menu list to select the desired menu item e editing a parameter password while the active digit character is scrolled e increase decrease the reference value of the selected parameter e in the Operate menu will cause the display of the current reference source and value and allow its change if the keypad is the active reference source Used to set the password if defined when leaving the Operate menu e scroll through the Active Faults menu wh
177. controlled by the SVX9000 remains the same Therefore a utility line contactor is needed for one auxiliary fixed speed drive motor only 1 All drives included in the autochange interlockings sequence The motor controlled by the SVX9000 is included in the automatics and a contactor is needed for each motor to connect it to either the utility line or the SVX9000 P1 9 26 Autochange interval After the expiration of the time defined with this parameter the autochange function takes place if the capacity used lies below the level defined with P1 9 28 Autochange frequency limit and P1 9 27 Maximum number of auxiliary drives Should the capacity exceed the value of P1 9 28 the autochange will not take place before the capacity goes below this limit e Thetime countis activated only if the Start Stop request is active at control place A e The time count is reset after the autochange has taken place or on removal of Start request at control place A P1 9 27 Maximum number of auxiliary drives P1 9 28 Autochange frequency limit These parameters define the level below which the capacity used must remain so that the autochange can take place This level is defined as follows e Ifthe number of running auxiliary drives is smaller than the value of P1 9 27 the autochange function can take place e Ifthe number of running auxiliary drives is equal to the value of P1 9 27 and the frequency of the SVX9000 is below the value of P1 9 28 the autochange can
178. cted to ground allows 20V differential mode voltage to GND Al2 Analog input Default 0 20 mA R 250 Q 0 10V R 200 KQ GND AI2 Analog input common 10V to 10V joystick control Select V or mA with jumper block X2 Figure 4 3 Differential input if not connected to ground allows 20V differential mode voltage to GND 6 24 Vout 24V control voltage bi directional 15 250 mA all boards total 150 mA max current from single board Can be used as external power backup for the control and fieldbus Galvanically connected to terminal 12 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls Galvanically connected to terminals 13 19 8 DIA1 Digital input 1 Rj min 5 kQ 9 DIA2 Digital input 2 10 DIA3 Digital input 3 11 CMA Digital input common A for DIN1 Must be connected to GND or 24V of I O terminal DIN2 and DIN3 or to external 24V or GND Selection with jumper block X3 Figure 4 3 12 24 Vout 24V control voltage bi directional Same as terminal 6 Galvanically connected to terminal 6 13 GND 1 0 ground Same as terminal 7 Galvanically connected to terminals 7 amp 19 14 DIB4 Digital input 4 Ri min 5 kQ 15 DIB5 Digital input 5 16 DIB6 Digital input 6 17 CMB Digital input common B for DIN4 Must be connected to GND or 24V of I O terminal DIN5 and DIN6 or to external 24V or GND Select with jumper block X3 Figure 4 3 18 A01 Analog signal output Output signal range 0 10V default Cur
179. ctions supervision is no current in one motor phase and motor 12 Brake chopper no brake resistor installed Check the brake resistor supervision e brake resistor is open If the resistor is ok the chopper is brake chopper failure faulty Contact your Cutler Hammer distributor 13 SVX9000 Heatsink temperature is under 14 F Provide supplemental heating or undertemperature 10 C relocate the SVX9000 to a warmer location 14 SVX9000 Heatsink temperature is over 194 F An overtemperature warning is overtemperature 90C issued when the heatsink temperature exceeds 185 F 85 C a fault occurs at 194 F 90 C Check for the correct amount and unrestricted flow of cooling air Check the heatsink for dust or dirt buildup Check the highest ambient temperature level Make sure that the switching frequency is not set too high in relation to ambient temperature and motor load 15 Motor stalled motor or load mechanical failure Check motor mechanical system and load is too high load level e stall parameter settings incorrect Confirm the stall parameter settings 16 Motor motor is overloaded Decrease the motor load overtemperature e motor overheating has been If no motor overload exists check the detected by the SVX9000 motor temperature model parameters temperature model 1744 Motor underload mechanical or load problems Check the motor Check for a loose e underload parameter settings belt broken coupling or load i
180. cy ID506 Coasting Y it REV Y DIN4 l DIN5 Figure 8 31 Place B Start Stop Reverse 8 34 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 2 DIN4 closed contact start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running 3 3 wire connection pulse control DIN4 closed contact start pulse DIN5 open contact stop pulse DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command See Figure 8 32 A Output If Start and Stop pulses are Frequency Stop Function simultaneous the Stop pulse ID506 Coasting overrides the Start pulse t g REV Y DIN4 Start gt pil T DIN5 Stop Figure 8 32 Place B Start Pulse Stop Pulse Selections 4 to 6 are used to exclude the possibility of an unintentional start when for example power is connected re connected after a power failure after a fault reset after the SVX9000 is stopped by Run Enable Run Enable False or when the control place is changed The Start Stop contact must be opened before the motor can be started 4 DIN4 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN5 closed contact start reverse R
181. d is determined by ID164 For the available selections see parameter ID600 600 Motor control mode 234567 P1 6 1 0 Frequency control The I O terminal and keypad references are frequency references and the SVX9000 controls the output frequency output frequency resolution 0 01 Hz 1 Speed control The I O terminal and keypad references are speed references and the SVX9000 controls the motor speed compensating for motor slip accuracy x 0 596 601 Switching frequency 234567 P1 6 9 Motor noise can be minimized using a high switching frequency Increasing the switching frequency reduces the rating of the SVX9000 The range of switching frequencies is dependent upon the horsepower size of the SVX9000 Table 8 12 Size Dependent Switching Frequencies Type Min kHz Max kHz Default kHz 230V 1 20 hp 1 0 16 0 10 0 480V 1 1 2 40 hp 230V 25 30 hp 1 0 10 0 3 6 480V 50 250 hp 602 Field weakening point 234567 P1 6 4 The field weakening point is the output frequency at which the output voltage reaches the set ID603 maximum value 603 Voltage at field weakening 234567 P1 6 5 point Above the frequency at the field weakening point the output voltage remains at the set maximum value Below the frequency at the field weakening point the output voltage depends on the setting of the V Hz curve parameters See ID109 ID108 ID604 and ID605 When ID110 and ID111 nominal voltage and nominal frequency of the moto
182. d Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Hz PID Output Error Value j pas 4 1096 I Part 6 Hz s Pd 4 S 10 I Part 6 Hz s 4 10 I Part 6 Hz s ut 1096 I Part 6 Hz s ass e ee 1096 I Part 6 Hz s P lt 1s t Figure 8 3 PID Controller Function as l Controller Example 2 Given values P1 1 16 P 100 P1 1 17 l time 1 00 s P1 1 18 D time 1 00 s Min freq 0 Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 Max freq 60 Hz As the power is switched on the system detects the difference between the setpoint and the actual process value and starts to either raise or decrease in case the error value is negative the PID output according to the l time Once the difference between the setpoint and the process value has been reduced to 0 the output is reduced by the amount corresponding to the value of P1 1 16 In case the error value is negative the frequency converter reacts reducing the output correspondingly See Figure 8 4 HzA PID Output Error Value A D part P l AN jae D part H N as N 7 2 7S Baa a D part fo N 3 Dry Ng KM M m m m N Lt P part 6HZ Error 10 N Error 10 uus nin
183. d com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 2 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 14 Analog output 2 0 00 10 00 S 1 00 473 0 00 No filtering filter time P1 3 15 Analog output 2 0 1 0 474 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 16 Analog output 2 0 1 0 475 020mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 17 Analog output 2 10 1000 100 476 100 No scaling scaling Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 Table 2 5 Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 500 0 0 Linear gt 0 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 501 0 0 Linear 50 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 3 Acceleration 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 502 time 2 P1 4 4 Deceleration 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 503 time 2 P1 4 5 Brake chopper 0 4 0 504 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing P1 4 6 Start mode 0 1 0 505 0 Ramp 1 Flying start P1 4 7 Stop mode 0 3 1 506 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P1 4 8 DC braking 0 4 x IH 2 0 x IH A lu 507 current P1 4 9 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 S 0 00 508 0 00 DC brake is off at stop at st
184. d to protective ground That no wires make contact with any electrical components in the SVX9000 e That the common input of each digital input groups is connected to 24V or ground of the I O terminal supply or an external supply as detailed in Chapter 6 Start Up and Figure 4 6 Check the quality of the cooling air as detailed in Chapter 2 Mounting 4 Checkthat moisture has not condensed inside the SVX9000 Check that all START STOP switches connected to the I O terminals are in the STOP state 6 Connect the SVX9000 to the utility and switch the power on For the initial power up you will enter the Start Up Wizard which will guide you through the basic parameter setup See the Start Up Wizard section at the end of Chapter 5 Menu Information for more information After completing the Start Up Wizard proceed to step 8 If this is not the initial power up the keypad will default to the Operate Menu Depress the ENTER button for 2 seconds to enter the Parameter Menu Proceed to step 7 7 Ensure that the Group 1 parameters match the application by setting at minimum the following parameters are to match the motor nameplate e nominal voltage of the motor e nominal nameplate frequency of the motor e nominal nameplate full load speed of the motor e motor nominal current e motor power factor 6 2 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free
185. e 1 Type 12 Enclosure Dimensions Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Weight Size Voltage hp CT H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 R1 dia R2 dia Lbs Ska FR4 230V 3 4 3 12 9 12 3 11 5 7 5 2 5 5 0 5 0 3 9 0 5 0 3 11 480V 11 5 327 312 292 190 64 126 128 100 13 7 5 FR5 230V 5 7 1 2 165 16 0 153 84 27 58 5 6 39 05 0 3 179 480V 1702 15 419 406 389 214 68 148 143 100 13 7 8 1 FR6 230V 10 15 480V 20 30 575V 2 25 FR7 230V 20 30 480V 40 60 575V 30 40 FR8 480V 75 125 29 7 28 8 284 12 3 1 3 11 0 11 2 10 0 0 7 0 4 127 8 22 0 21 3 204 9 3 2 7 6 7 Tel 5 8 0 7 0 4 40 8 558 541 519 237 68 171 195 148 18 9 18 5 24 8 24 2 23 3 10 1 2 7 7 5 9 3 7 5 0 7 0 4 11 2 630 614 591 257 68 189 237 190 18 9 35 575v 50 75 755 732 721 312 34 279 285 255 18 9 58 FR9 480V 150 200 45 3 44 1 45 3 14 3 5 4 8 8 18 9 15 7 0 7 0 4 321 9 575V 100 150 1150 1120 1150 362 137 224 480 400 18 9 146 A 10 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manua
186. e 96 96 of the maximum actual value O 13 PID error value 96 96 of the maximum error value O 14 PID output 96 96 of the maximum output value R1 Keypad reference Hz Keypad frequency reference setting MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 15 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 5 16 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Sal Chapter 6 Multi Purpose Control Application Introduction The Multi Purpose Control Application of the Cutler Hammer SVX9000 drive by Eaton Electrical provides a wide range of parameters for controlling motors It can be used a variety of processes where wide flexibility of I O signals is needed and PID control is not necessary if PID control functions are needed use the PID Control Application or the Pump and Fan Control Application The frequency reference can be selected e g from the analog inputs joystick control motor potentiometer and from a mathematical function of the analog inputs There are also parameters for Fieldbus communication Multi step speeds and jog s
187. e Application Manual April 2004 403 Start signal 1 6 P1 2 7 1 Signal selection 1 for the start stop logic Default programming A 1 4040 Start signal 2 6 P1 2 7 2 Signal selection 2 for the start stop logic Default programming A 2 405 External fault close 67 P1 2 7 11 P1 2 6 4 Contact closed Fault is displayed and motor stopped 4069 External fault open 67 P1 2 7 12 P1 2 6 5 Contact open Fault is displayed and motor stopped 4072 Run enable 67 P1 2 7 3 P1 2 6 6 Contact open Start of motor disabled Contact closed Start of motor enabled 4089 Acceleration Deceleration time 67 P1 2 7 13 P1 2 6 7 selection Contact open Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected Set Acceleration Deceleration times with parameters ID103 and ID104 4099 Control from I O terminal 67 P1 2 6 9 Contact closed Force control place to I O terminal 4109 Control from keypad 67 P1 2 7 18 P1 2 6 8 Contact closed Force control place to keypad 412 Reverse 67 P1 2 7 4 P 2 6 10 Contact open Direction forward Contact closed Direction reverse 413 Jog speed 67 P1 2 7 16 P1 2 6 11 Contact closed Jog speed selected for frequency reference See parameter ID 124 Default programming A 4 414 Fault reset 67 P1 2 7 10 P1 2 6 12 Contact closed All faults are reset MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 43 For Sales and Support Contact W
188. e SVX9000 have approximately equal currents 731 Automatic restart 1 P1 22 The Automatic restart is used when this parameter is enabled 0 Disabled 1 Enabled The function resets the following faults max three times see the SVX9000 User Manual Appendix B e Overcurrent F1 e Overvoltage F2 e Undervoltage F9 e SVX9000 overtemperature F14 e Motor overtemperature F 16 e Reference fault F50 8 68 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 732 Response to thermistor fault 234567 P1 7 21 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Setting the parameter to 0 will deactivate the protection 733 Response to fieldbus fault 234567 P1 7 22 This sets the response mode for the fieldbus fault when a fieldbus board is used For more information see the respective Fieldbus Board Manual See ID732 734 Response to slot fault 234567 P1 7 23 This sets the response mode for a board slot fault caused by a missing or failed board See ID732 738 Automatic restart Number of 234567 P1 8 10 tries after underload fault trip This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial
189. e connected to the control board and e to access and edit the parameters associated with the expander board G6 1 A OPTA9 Slot A Option Board G6 1 1 Parameters SM P6 1 1 1 Al1 Mode P6 1 1 2 AI2 Mode P6 1 1 3 AO1 Mode D G6 1 2 1 O monitor T G6 2 B Slot B Option Board G6 3 C Slot C Option Board G6 4 D Slot D Option Board G6 5 E Slot E Option Board Figure 5 8 Expander Board Menu Structure Example of Expander Board Parameters for Option Board A9 P6 1 1 1 Range 1 5 Default 3 Al1 Mode N MODE Analog Input 1 input options 1 0 20mA 2 4 20mA 3 0 10V 4 2 10V 5 10 10VP P6 1 1 2 Range 1 5 Default 1 Al2 Mode i MODE Analog Input 2 input options 1 0 20mA 2 4 20mA 3 0 10V 4 2 10V 5 10 10VP P6 1 1 3 Range 1 4 Default 1 AO1 Mode A0 MODE Analog Output 1 output options 1 0 20mA 2 4 20mA 3 0 10V 4 2 10V 5 18 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Monitoring Menu M7 The Monitoring Menu items are meant for viewing parameter values during operation Monitored values are updated every 0 3 sec Monitored items are identified by item numbers V7 1 to V1 xx where xx varies by application Table 5 12 provides an example of the monitored values for the Standard application SVX9000 AF Dr
190. e ees 5 1 Control Input Output 24 eevee eis ee ed eee Seiad dees be be eee d eR 5 2 Parameter EiSIS osse vatee soho wie ie RE DAG ae ea Eee ee ee PA 5 3 CHAPTER 6 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION sess 6 1 Introduction uris TERA mabe able we os a ee a ele P We dur 6 1 Control Input Output i i iesus exe eee ce RERO E aa ee SHEER 6 2 Terminal To Function TTF Programming Principle 6 3 Parameter EiStS 4 pawa aka Ea feet Kag bA kiere rex ubx EXE 25 2 NAG 6 5 CHAPTER 7 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 1 Introd uctlOn codec nad NBA NN AGA ee veda Pee ded 7 1 Control Input Output ehh 7 2 Operation and Key Parameters 0 0000 e cece eee eee 7 4 Parameter ListS 0 00 00 cc ccc ee ee ee eee eee ees 7 10 CHAPTER 8 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS sees 8 1 Introduction aieeaa tee save Bassin reve tnd cine Nd ers AD AA wis ad faces 8 1 Keypad control parameters eee tenes 8 82 APPENDIX A ADDITIONAL INFORMATION enn RR RR A 1 External Brake Control with Additional Limits ee A 1 Parameters of Motor Thermal Protection llle A 3 Parameters of Stall Protection nn A 3 Parameters of Underload Protection nanana eee eee ee ee eee A 4 Fieldbus Control Parameters 000 ccc cece eee eee eae A 4 ii For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN040
191. e status and measurements of other elements Monitored items cannot be edited See the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 5 Menu information item M7 for more information Table 3 11 Monitoring Menu Code Parameter Unit ID Description V7 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V7 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency V7 3 Calculated motor speed in rpm V7 4 Motor current A 3 Motor current V7 5 96 Calculated torque as a percentage of nominal torque V7 6 Motor power 96 5 Calculated motor shaft power V7 7 V Calculated motor voltage V7 8 DC Bus voltage V 7 DC Bus voltage V7 9 C Heatsink temperature V7 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V7 11 V Analog input AI1 V7 12 Analog input 2 mA 14 Analog input AI2 V7 13 Digital input status V7 14 DINA DIN5 DING 16 Digital input status V7 15 ae Digital and relay output status V7 16 Analog lout mA 26 Analog output AO1 G7 17 HTML Displays three selectable monitoring values MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 3 13 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Operate Menu M8 The Operate Menu provides an easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items It also allows the setting of the
192. e to the autochange line the automatics will stop all motors immediately and re start with a new setup Example P1 3 P2 3 P4 3 P3 LOCKED 3 STOP 3 P1 3 P2 3 P3 3 P4 1033 Actual value special display 7 P1 9 29 minimum 1034 Actual value special display 7 P1 9 30 maximum 1035 Actual value special display 7 P1 9 31 decimals These parameters set the minimum and maximum values and the number of decimals of the actual value special display Observe the actual value display in menu M1 Monitoring values CDO READY Poco CD Specl Displ Min 0 00 gt Actual Value Number of Min Max Decimals Figure 8 64 Actual Value Special Display MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 81 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Keypad control parameters Unlike the parameters listed above these parameters are located in the M2 menu of the control keypad The reference parameters do not have an ID number 114 STOP button activated P2 3 P2 5 To make the STOP button a hotspot which always stops the SVX9000 regardless of the selected control place set the value of this parameter to 1 123 Keypad direction P2 2 0 Forward The rotation of the motor is forward when the keypad is the active control place 1 Reverse The rotation of the motor is rever
193. ed l by ID307 ID310 0 oad 0 5 1 0 Figure 8 15 Analog Output Scaling 312 Digital output function 23456 P1 3 7 P1 3 1 2 313 Relay output 1 function 2345 P1 3 8 314 Relay output 2 function 2345 P1 3 9 8 18 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Table 8 8 Output Signals Via DO1 and Output Relays RO1 and RO2 Setting value Signal content 0 Not used Out of operation Digital output DO1 sinks current and programmable relay RO1 RO2 is activated when 1 Ready The SVX9000 is ready to operate 2 Run The SVX9000 is operating motor is running 3 Fault A fault trip has occurred 4 Fault inverted A fault trip not occurred 5 Overheat warning The heat sink temperature exceeds 70 C 6 External fault or warning Fault or warning depending on ID701 7 Reference fault or warning Fault or warning depending on par ID700 if analog reference is 4 20 mA and signal is 4 mA 8 Warning Always if a warning exists 9 Reversed The reverse command has been selected 10 Preset speed 1 Application 2 The preset speed has been selected with digital input 10 Jog speed Applications 3456 The jog speed has been selected with digital input 11
194. eep this operating manual handy and distribute to all users technicians and maintenance personnel for reference Chapter 1 Overview is the chapter you are reading now Chapter 2 Mounting Chapter 3 Power Wiring Chapter 4 Control Wiring Chapter 5 Menu Information Chapter 6 Start Up Appendix A Technical Data Appendix B Fault and Warning Codes Receiving and Inspection This SVX9000 AC drive has met a stringent series of factory quality requirements before shipment It is possible that packaging or equipment damage may have occurred during shipment After receiving your SVX9000 drive please check for the following e Checkto make sure that the package s includes the SVX9000 drive the User Manual and rubber conduit covers screws conduit plate and ground straps e Inspect the unit to ensure it was not damaged during shipment e Make sure that the part number indicated on the nameplate corresponds with the Catalog Number on your order If shipping damage has occurred please contact and file a claim with the carrier involved immediately If the delivery does not correspond to your order please contact your Eaton Electrical Cutler Hammer representative Note Do not destroy the packing The template printed on the protective cardboard can be used for marking the mounting points of the SVX9000 on the wall or cabinet MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 1 1 For Sales and Support C
195. election 1 Al1 2 AI2 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 AI1 joystick 6 AI2 joystick 7 Torque reference from keypad R2 4 8 Fieldbus P1 10 5 Torque reference 300 0 300 0 96 100 0 642 max P1 10 6 Torque reference 300 0 300 0 96 0 0 643 min P1 10 7 Torque speed 0 2 1 644 0 Max frequency limit 1 Selected freq reference 2 Preset speed 7 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 6 21 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 6 23 Torque Control Parameters M1 gt G1 10 continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 10 8 Minimum 0 00 P1 1 1 Hz 3 00 636 frequency for open loop torque control P1 10 9 Torque controller 0 32000 150 639 P gain P1 10 10 Torque controller 0 32000 10 640 I gain Keypad Control Parameters M2 This menu provides the parameters for the setting of the keypad frequency reference the selection of motor direction when in keypad operation and when the STOP button is active Table 6 24 Keypad Control Parameters M2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note R2 1 Keypad reference P1 1 1 P1 1 2 Hz P2 2 Keypad direction 0 1 0 123 0 Forward 1 Reverse P2 3 Stop button active 0 1 1 114 0 Sto
196. en the SVX9000 is stopped OH 0 Menu Navigation Navigation Tips Main Menu To navigate within one level of a menu use the up and down arrows To move deeper into the menu structure and back out use the right and left arrows To edit a parameter navigate to show that parameter s value and press the right arrow button to enter the edit mode In edit mode the parameter value will flash When in edit mode the parameter value can be changed by pressing the up or down arrow keys When in edit mode pressing the right arrow a second time will allow you to edit the parameter value digit by digit To confirm the parameter change you must press the ENTER button The value will not change unless the ENTER button is pushed Some parameters can not be changed while the SVX9000 is running The screen will display LOCKED if you attempt to edit these parameters while the drive is running Stop the drive to edit these parameters See the SVX9000 Application Manual for identification of these parameters specific to your chosen application The data on the control keypad are arranged in menus and submenus The first menu level consists of M1 to M8 and is called the Main Menu The structure of these menus and their submenus is illustrated in Figure 5 2 Some of the submenus will vary for each application choice MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 3 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll
197. ence P1 1 1 P1 1 2 Hz P2 2 Keypad direction 0 1 0 123 0 Forward 1 Reverse P2 3 Stop button active 0 1 1 114 0 Stop enabled only in keypad operation 1 Stop button always enabled Menus M3 to M6 Menus M3 to M6 provide information on the Active Faults Fault History System Menu settings and the Expander Board setup These menu items are explained in detail in Chapter 5 of the SVX9000 User Manual Monitoring Menu M7 The monitored items are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as the status and measurements of other elements Monitored items cannot be edited See the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 5 Menu information item M7 for more information Table 4 11 Monitoring Menu Code Parameter Unit ID Description V7 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V7 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency V7 3 Calculated motor speed in rpm V7 4 Motor current A 3 Motor current V7 5 96 Calculated torque as a percentage of nominal torque V7 6 Motor power 96 5 Calculated motor shaft power V7 7 V Calculated motor voltage V7 8 DC Bus voltage V 7 DC Bus voltage V7 9 C Heatsink temperature V7 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V7 11 V Analog input AI1 V7 12 Analog input 2 mA 14 Analog input AI2 V7 13 Digital input status V7 14 DINA DIN5 DING 16 Digital input status V7 15 ae Digital and relay o
198. ency 14 AI1 AI2 selection P1 1 15 Jog speed 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 5 00 124 reference P1 1 16 Preset speed 1 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 10 00 105 Multi step speed 1 P1 1 17 Preset speed 2 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 15 00 106 Multi step speed 2 P1 1 18 Preset speed 3 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 20 00 126 Multi step speed 3 P1 1 19 Preset speed 4 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 25 00 127 Multi step speed 4 P1 1 20 Preset speed 5 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 30 00 128 Multi step speed 5 P1 1 21 Preset speed 6 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 40 00 129 Multi step speed 6 P1 1 22 Preset speed 7 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 60 00 130 Multi step speed 7 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 6 7 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 Table 6 3 Basic Input Signals M1 3 G1 2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 1 1 Start Stop logic 0 7 300 Start Signal 1 Start Signal 2 Default DIN1 Default DIN2 0 Start forw Start rev 1 Start Stop Reverse 2 Start Stop Run enable 3 Start pulse Stop pulse 4 Start Mot pot UP 5 Fwd pulse Rev pulse 6 Start pulse Rev pulse 7 Start pulse Enabl pulse Motor potentiometer ramp time P1 2 1 3
199. ent parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust User s customized setting ID D number of the parameter for reference to Chapter 8 Parameter value can only be changed when the SVX9000 is stopped Programmed using terminal to function TTF method See Page 6 3 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 6 5 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Basic Parameters M1 3 G1 1 Table 6 2 Basic Parameters M1 gt G1 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 P1 1 2 Max frequency P1 1 1 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 NOTE If fmax gt the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P1 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 103 P1 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 104 P1 1 5 Current limit 0 4xlu 2xlu JA IL 107 lyis the nominal current rating of the SVX9000 P1 1 6 Nominal voltage of 180 690 V SVX 2 110 Motor nameplate value the motor 230V SVX 4 460V P1 1 79 Nominal frequency 30 00 320 00
200. equency increase delay after 7 P1 9 22 stopping auxiliary drive If the speed of auxiliary drive increases slowly e g in soft starter control then a delay between the start of auxiliary drive and the frequency drop of the SVX9000 will make the control smoother This delay can be adjusted with ID1025 In the same way if the speed of the auxiliary drives decreases slowly a delay between the auxiliary drive stop and the frequency increase of the SVX9000 can be programmed with ID 1026 See Figure 8 60 If either of the values of ID1025 or ID1026 is set to maximum 300 0 s no frequency drop nor increase takes place Output Frequency Start Freq of Aux Drive 1 Hz Stop Freq of Aux Drive 1 Hz Frequency l gt Time I Start Delay of Frequency Aux Drive M a BE AL i Increase Dela Par ID1010 RI Stop Delay r Par ID1026 of Aux Drive H Par ID1011 Aux Drive Control Aux IN AES WEN Speed Figure 8 60 Frequency Drop and Increase Delays 1027 Autochange 7 P1 9 24 0 Autochange not used 1 Autochange used 8 78 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com ETN Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual
201. er can be set to 9096 or even higher Note The value is set as a percentage of the motor nameplate data ID113 nominal current of the motor not the SVX9000 s nominal output current The motor s nominal current is the current that the motor can withstand in direct on line use without being overheated If you change the parameter Nominal current of motor this parameter is automatically restored to the default value Setting this parameter does not affect the maximum output current of the drive which is determined by parameter ID107 alone See Page A 3 Foaling Overload Area 100 Par ID706 40 0 tn f Figure 8 47 Motor Thermal Current Iy Curve MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 61 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer 707 708 709 April 2004 Motor thermal protection 234567 P1 7 11 Time constant This time can be set between 1 and 200 minutes This is the thermal time constant of the motor the larger the motor the longer the time constant The time constant is the time within which the calculated thermal stage has reached 63 of its final value Motor Temperature miser heut ec l l Trip Area 105 i de MM LZ ka A exe 5 c Earum l ue PE x sn Par ID704 e M
202. erlock 7 P1 2 6 17 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 1 or auxiliary drive 1 activated Default programming A 2 8 44 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com ETN Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 4272 Autochange 2 interlock 7 P1 2 6 18 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 2 or auxiliary drive 2 activated Default programming A 3 4289 Autochange 3 interlock 7 P1 2 7 17 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 3 or auxiliary drive 3 activated 4292 Autochange 4 interlock 7 P1 2 6 20 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 4 or auxiliary drive 4 activated 4302 Autochange 5 interlock 7 P1 2 6 21 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 5 activated 4319 PID reference 2 7 P1 2 6 22 Contact open PID controller reference selected with parameter ID332 Contact closed PID controller keypad reference 2 selected with par ID371 432 Ready 67 P 3 3 1 P1 3 1 1 The SVX9000 is ready to operate 4339 Run 67 P1 3 3 2 P1 3 1 2 The SVX900 is operating the motor is running 4349 Fault 67 P1 3 3 3 P 1 3 1 3 A fault trip has occurred Default programming A 1 for Application 7 and B 2 for Application 6 435 Inverted fault 67 P1 3 3 4 P1 3 1 4 No fault trip has occurred 4362 Warning 67 P1 3 3 5 P
203. es for example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 it will be updated in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc Example P1 3 P3 3 P4 3 P2 LOCKED 3 P1 3 P3 2 P4 3 P2 3 SLEEP 3 P1 3 P2 3 P3 3 P4 2 Stop amp Update Interlocks are used The automatics will stop all motors immediately and re start with a new setup Example P1 3 P2 3 P4 3 P3 LOCKED 3 STOP 3 P1 3 P2 3 P3 2 P4 See Page 7 7 Examples 7 6 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Examples Pump and fan automatics with interlocks and no autochange Situation One controlled drive and three auxiliary fixed speed drives Settings P1 9 1 3 P1 9 25 0 Interlock feedback signals used autochange not used Settings P1 9 23 1 P1 9 24 0 The interlock feedback signals come from the digital inputs selected with parameters P1 2 6 17 to P1 2 6 21 The Auxiliary drive 1 control P1 3 1 27 is enabled through Interlock 1 P1 2 6 17 the Auxiliary drive 2 control P1 3 1 28 through Interlock 2 P1 2 6 18 etc Phases 1 The system and the motor controlled by the SVX9000 are started 2 The Auxiliary drive 1 starts when the main drive reaches the starting frequency set P1 9 2 3 The SVX9000 decreases speed down to Auxiliary dri
204. eypad Control Parameters M2 This menu provides the parameters for the setting of the keypad frequency reference the selection of motor direction when in keypad operation and when the STOP button is active Table 2 10 Keypad Control Parameters M2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note R2 1 Keypad reference P1 1 1 P1 1 2 Hz P2 2 Keypad direction 0 1 0 123 0 Forward 1 Reverse P2 3 Stop button active 0 1 1 114 0 Stop enabled only in keypad operation 1 Stop button always enabled Menus M3 to M6 Menus M3 to M6 provide information on the Active Faults Fault History System Menu settings and the Expander Board setup These menu items are explained in detail in Chapter 5 of the SVX9000 User Manual Monitoring Menu M7 The monitored items are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as the status and measurements of other elements Monitored items cannot be edited See the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 5 Menu information item M7 for more information Table 2 11 Monitoring Menu Code Parameter Unit ID Description V7 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V7 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency V7 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Calculated motor speed in rpm V7 4 Motor current A 3 Motor current V7 5 Motor torque 96 Calculated torque as a percentage of nominal torque V7 6 Motor power 96 5 Calculated motor
205. f real time is set T 1 and T 2 will appear as follows T 1 1 2 yyyy mm dd Counted operation days Fault 43 Additional code hh mm ss sss Counted operation hours Fault 43 Counted operation days 5 8 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 Fault History Menu M4 All faults are stored in the Fault History Menu which can be viewed by using the Browser buttons Additionally the Fault time data record pages are accessible for each fault as in the Active Faults Menu described above See Figure 5 6 The SVX9000 s memory can store a maximum of 30 faults in the order of appearance If there are 30 uncleared faults in the memory the next occurring fault will erase the oldest fault from the memory GG GI HY c 111 Output Phase F T11T T13 Figure 5 6 Sample Fault History Display Note Pressing the ENTER button for 3 seconds will clear the entire fault history MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 9 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 System
206. free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 t M1 Parameters G I G1 1 Lix T M2 Keypad Control R2 1 Keypad Reference P2 2 Keypad Direction P2 x Stop Button Active t M3 Active Faults A3 1 Active Fault 1 Menu Navigation I 13 1 1 Operation Days T3 1 13 Zero Speed Up Arrow The up arrow ae advances to the next A3 x Active Fault x menu item s For example pressing the Ma Fault History up arrow once will H4 1 Most Recent Fault advance from M1 to M2 T4 1 1 Operation Days Down Arrow The down 14 1 13 Zero Speed arrow backs up to the ren previous menu item HA4 1 x Oldest Saved Fault For example pressing the HMs System Menu down arrow once will back S5 1 Language up from M2 to M1 S5 2 Application 5 3 Copy Parameters Right Arrow The right S5 4 Compare Parameters arrow will advance to the L S55 Securit next level in the menu L S56 Keypad Settings ror example Mag the S5 7 Hardware Settings right arrow once wi advance from M2 to R2 1 S5 8 System Information M6 Expander Boards Left Arrow The left G6 1 Slot A Board arrow will back up one
207. free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Table 6 17 Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 4 6 Start mode 0 1 0 505 0 Ramp 1 Flying start P1 4 7 Stop mode 0 3 1 506 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P1 4 8 DC braking 0 4 x IH 2x lH A lu 507 current P1 4 9 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 S 0 00 508 0 00 DC brake is off at stop at stop P1 4 10 Frequency to 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 start DC braking during ramp stop P1 4 11 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 S 0 00 516 0 00 DC brake is off at start at start P1 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 0 Off 1 On P1 4 13 Flux braking 0 4 x IH 2x IH A lu 519 current Skip Frequencies M1 G1 5 Table 6 18 Skip Frequencies M1 3 G1 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 5 1 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 2 Hz 0 00 509 range 1 low limit P1 5 2 Skip frequency P1 5 1 320 00 Hz 0 00 510 0 00 No prohibit range 1 range 1 high limit P1 5 3 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 4 Hz 0 00 511 range 2 low limit P1 5 4 Skip frequency P1 5 3 320 00 Hz 0 00 512 0 00 No prohibit range 2 range 2 high limit P1 5 5 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 6 Hz 0 00 513 range 3 low limit
208. frequency P1 1 1 P1 9 2 Hz 10 00 1003 auxiliary drive 1 P1 9 4 Start frequency P1 9 5 320 00 Hz 61 00 1004 auxiliary drive 2 P1 9 5 Stop frequency P1 1 1 P1 9 4 Hz 10 00 1005 auxiliary drive 2 P1 9 6 Start frequency P1 9 7 320 00 Hz 61 00 1006 auxiliary drive 3 P1 9 7 Stop frequency P1 1 1 P1 9 6 Hz 10 00 1007 auxiliary drive 3 P1 9 8 Start frequency P1 9 9 320 00 Hz 61 00 1008 auxiliary drive 4 P1 9 9 Stop frequency P1 1 1 P1 9 8 Hz 10 00 1009 auxiliary drive 4 P1 9 10 Start delay 0 0 300 0 S 4 0 1010 auxiliary drives P1 9 11 Stop delay 0 0 300 0 S 2 0 1011 auxiliary drives P1 9 12 Reference step 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 1012 auxiliary drive 1 P1 9 13 Reference step 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 1013 auxiliary drive 2 P1 9 14 Reference step 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 1014 auxiliary drive 3 P1 9 15 Reference step 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 1015 auxiliary drive 4 P1 9 16 PID controller 0 1 0 1020 1 PID contr bypassed bypass P1 9 17 Analog input 0 5 0 1021 0 Not used selection for 1 AI1 input pressure 2 Al2 measurement 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus signal P1 9 18 Input pressure 0 0 100 0 96 30 00 1022 high limit 7 24 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Table 7 19 Pump and Fan Control Par
209. g of parameter values Range Yes No Default No START UP WIZARD The Start Up Wizard facilitates commissioning the SVX9000 If selected active the Start Up Wizard prompts the operator for the language and application desired and then advances through the start up parameter list After completion it allows the user to repeat the Start Up Wizard or return to the default page the Operate Menu The Start Up Wizard in always active for the initial power up of the SVX9000 Range ChangeEnable ChangeDisabl Default ChangeEnable MULTIMONITENS The keypad display can display three actual monitored values at the same time This parameter determines if the operator is allowed to replace the values being monitored with other values 5 12 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 Keypad Settings S5 6 There are five parameters Default Page to Backlight Time associated with the keypad operation P5 6 1 Default 0 Default Page DEFAULT PAGE This parameter sets the view to which the display automatically moves as the Timeout Time expires or when the keypad power is switched on If the Default Page value is 0 this function is not activated i e the last displayed page remains on the keypad display P5 6 2 Default Page
210. gh limit P1 5 3 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 4 Hz 0 00 511 range 2 low limit P1 5 4 Skip frequency P1 5 3 320 00 Hz 0 00 512 0 00 No prohibit range 2 range 2 high limit P1 5 5 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 6 Hz 0 00 513 range 3 low limit P1 5 6 Skip frequency P1 5 5 320 00 Hz 0 00 514 0 00 No prohibit range 3 range 3 high limit P1 5 7 Prohibit acc 0 1 10 0 1 0 518 Multiplier for ramp time in dec ramp prohibit frequency range e g 0 1 1096 of normal ramp time Motor Control Parameters M1 gt G1 6 Table 7 16 Motor Control Parameters M1 gt G1 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 6 19 Motor control 0 Frequency control mode 1 Speed control P1 6 2 V Hz 0 Not used optimization 1 Automatic torque boost P1 6 3 V Hz ratio 0 Linear selection 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optimiz P1 6 4 Field weakening 8 00 point P1 6 59 Voltage at field n X VnMotor weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz curve midpoint frequency P1 6 79 V Hz curve 0 00 P1 6 5 96 100 00 605 Nn x VnMotor midpoint voltage P1 6 8 Output voltage 0 00 40 00 96 0 00 606 n x VnMotor at zero frequency P1 6 9 Switching 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 See Table 8 12 for exact values frequency MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 7 21 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd
211. gnal 0 1 0 151 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Place jumpers of block X2 appropriately Table 7 7 Analog Input 4 M1 3 G1 2 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 5 1 Al4 signal AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN 0 1 152 selection P1 2 5 2 Al4 filter time 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 153 0 No filtering P1 2 5 3 Al4 signal range 0 2 0 154 0 0 100 1 20 100 2 Custom range P1 2 5 4 Al4 custom 160 00 160 00 0 00 155 minimum setting P1 2 5 5 Al4 custom 160 00 160 00 96 100 00 156 maximum setting P1 2 5 6 Al4 signal 0 1 0 162 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Place jumpers of block X2 appropriately 7 14 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N April 2004 Cutler Hammer Table 7 8 Digital Inputs M1 3 G1 2 6 SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 6 1 Start A signal DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 1 423 P1 2 6 2 Start B signal DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 4 424 P1 2 6 3 Control A B DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 6 425 Control place A oc 9 select Control place B cc 9 P1 2 6 4 External fault DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 405 Ext fault di
212. gt 0 0 5 1 0 Figure 8 14 Analog Output Invert 310 Analog output minimum 234567 P1 3 5 P1 3 5 5 P1 3 3 5 Defines the signal minimum to be either O mA or 4 mA living zero Note the difference in analog output scaling in parameter ID311 Figure 8 15 0 Set minimum value to 0 mA 1 Set minimum value to 4 mA MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 17 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 311 Analog output scale 234567 P1 3 6 P1 3 5 6 P1 3 3 6 Scaling factor for analog output Table 8 7 Analog Output Scaling Signal Max value of the signal Output frequency Max frequency ID102 Freq Reference Max frequency ID102 Motor speed Motor nom speed 1xnNmMotor Output current Motor nom current 1xlnMotor Motor torque Motor nom torque 1XTnMotor Motor power Motor nom power 1xPnMotor Motor voltage 10090 x VnMotor DC link voltage 1000 V PI ref value 10096 x ref value max PI act value 1 100 x actual value max PI act value 2 100 x actual value max Pl error value 10096 x error value max PI output 10096 x output max Analog Output Current ID311 20096 ID311 20 mA 10096 1D311 12 mA 71771 50 10 mA ID310 1 Max Value 4 mA of Signal l Select
213. he Run state when the actual value signal either falls below or exceeds ID1019 the Wake up level determined by ID1018 See Figure 8 56 1017 Sleep delay 57 P1 1 20 The minimum amount of time the frequency has to remain below the Sleep level before the SVX9000 is stopped See Figure 8 56 1018 Wake up level 57 P1 1 21 The wake up level defines the level below which the actual value must fall or which has to be exceeded before the Run state of the SVX9000 is restored See Figure 8 56 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 73 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 A Actual Value Wake Up Level Par ID1018 Time A Output Frequency t lt Par ID1017 ts Par ID1017 Sleep Level Par ID1016 gt Start Stop Status of Running the Var Speed Drive KAHEL FF Stop Figure 8 56 Frequency Converter Sleep Function 1019 Wake up function 57 P1 1 22 This parameter defines whether the restoration of the Run state occurs when the actual value signal falls below or exceeds the Wake up level ID1018 See Figures 8 56 and 8 57 Application 5 has selections 0 1 and Application 7 selections 0 3 available 8 74 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Sup
214. he parameters of the new application to be uploaded to the keypad For this to happen push the ENTER button If you wish to keep the copy of the parameters of the previously used application saved in the keypad push any other button Note Parameters saved in the parameter settings of S5 3 1 will be deleted when applications are changed If you want to transfer the parameters from one application to another you have to upload them to the keypad first MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 11 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 System Menu Parameter Comparison Options S5 4 S5 4 Parameter Comparison PARAMETER COMPARISON With the Parameter Comparison function you can compare the actual parameter values to the values of your customized parameter sets and those loaded to the control keypad The actual parameter values are first compared to those of the customized parameter Set1 If no differences are detected a O is displayed on the lowermost line of the keypad If any of the parameter values differ from those of the Set1 parameters the number of the deviations is displayed together with symbol P e g P1 P5 five deviating values By pressing the right arrow button once again you will see both the actual value and the value it was compared
215. he torque value to be supervised by ID348 Applications 3 and 4 The torque supervision value can be reduced below the setpoint with the external free analog input signal see ID361 and ID362 350 Reference limit supervision 34567 P1 3 16 P1 3 4 7 P1 3 2 7 function 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision If the reference value falls below or exceeds the set limit ID351 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via a relay output RO1 or RO2 depending on 1 the settings of ID312 to ID314 Applications 3 4 5 or 2 to which output the supervision signal ID451 is connected Applications 6 and 7 The supervised reference is the current active reference It can be the place A or B reference depending on DING input or the keypad reference if the keypad is the active control place 351 Reference limit supervision 34567 P1 3 17 P1 3 4 8 P1 3 2 8 value The frequency value to be supervised by ID350 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 29 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 352 External brake off delay 34567 P1 3 18 P1 3 4 9 P1 3 2 9 353 External brake on delay 34567 P1 3 19 P1 3 4 10 P1 3 2 10 The function of the external brake can be timed to the start and stop control
216. ignal maximum set speed Output Frequency ID303 ID320 0 AI1 0 100 ID320 1 Al1 Custom ID304 Alt Term 2 t gt 0 ID321 ID322 10096 Figure 8 19 AI1 Signal Inversion MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 23 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 324 All signal filter time 34567 P1 2 8 P1 2 17 P1 2 2 2 When this parameter is given a value greater than 0 the function that filters out disturbances from the incoming analog signal is activated A long filtering time makes the regulation response slower See Figure 8 20 Unfiltered Signal 100 Filtered Signal 63 gt tis Figure 8 20 AI1 No Signal Filtering 325 Analog input Al2 signal range 34567 P1 2 10 P1 2 19 P1 2 3 3 Table 8 10 Selections for Parameter ID325 Application Select 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 20 mA 0 20 mA 0 100 0 10096 1 4 20mA 4 mA 20 10096 20 10096 20 10096 Customized Customized 10 10V Customized Customized Output Frequency ID304 ID325 Custom ID325 0 Al2 0 100 Ipana AI2 20 10096 Al2 Term 3 4 _ gt l 0 ipae ID327 POMA Figure 8 21 Analog Input Al2 Scaling 8 24 For more info
217. imit specified by the user The application utilizes external contactors for switching the motors connected to the SVX9000 and the fixed speed auxiliary drives The autochange feature provides the capability of changing the starting order of the auxiliary drives Autochange between 2 drives main adjustable speed drive 1 auxiliary fixed speed drive is set as default see Page 7 4 e Allinputs and outputs are freely programmable Additional functions e Analog input signal range selection e Two frequency limit supervisions e Torque limit supervision e Reference limit supervision e Two sets of ramp times and S shape ramp programming e Programmable start stop and reverse logic e DC brake at start and stop e Three skip frequency areas e Programmable V Hz curve and switching frequency e Auto restart e Motor thermal and stall protection fully programmable off warning fault e Motor underload protection e Input and output phase supervision e Sleep function Details of the parameters shown in this section are available in Chapter 8 of this Manual listed by parameter ID number MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 7 1 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer Control Input Output April 2004 Table 7 1 Pump and Fan Control Application Default I O Config
218. in Inches mm Size Voltage W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 Dia FR9 480V 20 9 20 19 1 7 9 22 51 7 45 3 16 5 3 9 1 4 35 08 24 9 13 4 4 3 8 575V 530 510 485 200 5 5 1312 1150 420 100 35 9 2 362 340 109 21 A 14 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 EMC Capability General For products used within the European Community EC the Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC directive states that the electrical equipment must not disturb the environment and must be immune to other Electro Magnetic Disturbances in the environment The design intent was to develop a family of drives which is user friendly and cost effective while fulfilling the user s needs EMC compliance was a major consideration from the outset of the design The SVX9000 drive series is targeted at the world market To ensure maximum flexibility yet meet the EMC needs of different regions all drives meet the highest immunity levels while emission levels meet the requirements noted in the following section EMC Classification The SVX9000 drive series are EMC classification H capable Cla
219. ion Yes Motor Overload Protection Yes Motor Stall Protection Yes Motor Underload Protection Yes Short Circuit Protection of the Yes Power Ratings Table A 2 Output Power Ratings 230V CT Frame Three Phase Input Catalog Number Size Horsepower Current SVXF07Ax 2A 1 FR4 3 4 3 7 SVX001Ax 2A 1 1 4 8 SVXF15Ax 2A 1 1 1 2 6 6 SVX002Ax 2A 1 2 7 8 SVX003Ax 2A 1 3 11 0 SVX005Ax 2A 1 FR5 5 17 5 SVX007Ax 2A 1 7 1 2 25 SVX010Ax 2A_1 FR6 10 31 SVX015Ax 2A 1 15 48 SVX020Ax 2A 1 FR7 20 61 SVX025Ax 2A 1 25 75 SVX030Ax 2A_1 30 88 Insert a 1 for NEMA Type 1 or a 2 for NEMA Type 12 in place of the x in the Catalog Number A 4 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 Table A 3 Output Power Ratings 480V CT Three Phase Input Frame Catalog Number Size Horsepower Current SVX001x 4A 1 FR4 1 2 2 SVXF15x 4A 1 1 1 2 3 3 SVX002x 4A 1 2 4 3 SVX003x 4A 1 3 5 6 SVX005x 4A 1 5 7 6 SVX007x 4A 1 FR5 7 1 2 12 SVX010x 4A 1 10 16 SVX015x 4A 1 15 23 SVX020x 4A 1 FR6 20 31 SVX025x 4A 1 25 38 SVX030x 4A 1 30 46 SVX040x 4A 1 FR7 40 61 SVX050x 4A 1 50 72 SVX
220. ions for Parameter ID332 Application Select 5 7 0 Al1 terminals 2 3 Al1 terminals 2 3 Al2 terminals 4 5 Al2 terminals 4 5 2 PID ref from keypad AI3 3 Fieldbus reference Al4 4 Motor potentiometer PID ref from keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference 6 Motor potentiometer reference MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 25 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 333 PID controller actual value 57 P1 2 5 P1 2 1 5 selection This parameter selects the PID controller actual value 0 Actual value 1 1 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 2 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 3 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 4 Greater one of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 5 Smaller one of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 6 Mean value of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 7 Square root of Actual value 1 Square root of Actual value 2 334 Actual value 1 selection 57 P1 2 6 P1 2 1 6 335 Actual value 2 selection 57 P1 2 7 P1 2 1 7 0 Not used 1 A11 control board 2 AI2 control board 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus Actual value 1 FBProcessDatalN2 Actual value 2 FBProcessDatalN3 Application 5 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power 10 Actual speed from encoder for Actual value 1 only 336 Actual value 1 minimum scale 57 P1 2 8
221. is equipment is the relevant Eaton Electrical Inc selling policy NO WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY OR WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE MADE REGARDING THE INFORMATION RECOMMENDATIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN In no event will Eaton Electrical Inc be responsible to the purchaser or user in contract in tort including negligence strict liability or otherwise for any special indirect incidental or consequential damage or loss whatsoever including but not limited to damage or loss of use of equipment plant or power system cost of capital loss of power additional expenses in the use of existing power facilities or claims against the purchaser or user by its customers resulting from the use of the information recommendations and descriptions contained herein The information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice Cover Photo Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drives MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 ESSAY Table of Contents LIST OF FIGURES sss na tie Kha EL La NYT LER DUA Dba TUWA LEA RED EUER E iii LIST OF TABLES 0 2222 ee aaa iv SAFETY ec co bet UA DS ANNA
222. is factor E g value 0 1 makes the acceleration time 10 times shorter than outside the prohibit frequency range limits A fout Hz d oa Par ID518 0 2 we p Ld P d Par ID510 P d ID512 ID514 E Pd Par ID509 ID511 ID513 Par ID518 1 2 Time s Figure 8 46 Ramp Speed Scaling between Prohibit Frequencies 519 Flux braking current 234567 P1 4 13 Defines the flux braking current value This value can be set between 0 4 Iy and the Current limit 520 Flux brake 234567 P1 4 12 Instead of DC braking flux braking is a useful form of braking for motors lt 20 hp When braking is needed the frequency is reduced and the flux in the motor is increased which in turn increases the motor s capability to brake Unlike DC braking the motor speed remains controlled during braking The flux braking can be set ON or OFF 0 Flux braking OFF 1 Flux braking ON Note Flux braking converts the energy into heat in the motor and should be used intermittently to avoid motor damage 8 56 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 521 Motor control mode 2 6 P1 6 12 With this parameter you can set another motor control mode The mode which is use
223. ising edge required to start 5 DIN4 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact reverse open contact forward 6 DIN4 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running 364 Reference scaling minimum 3 P1 2 18 value place B 365 Reference scaling maximum 3 P1 2 19 value place B See parameters ID303 and ID304 above MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 35 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer 367 370 371 372 373 374 375 April 2004 Motor potentiometer memory 3567 P1 2 23 P1 2 25 P1 2 1 3 P1 2 1 13 reset Frequency reference 0 No reset 1 Memory reset in stop and power down 2 Memory reset in power down Motor potentiometer memory 57 P1 2 26 P1 2 1 14 reset PID reference 0 No reset 1 Memory reset in stop and power down 2 Memory reset in power down PID reference 2 Place A 7 P1 2 1 1 additional reference If the PID reference 2 enable input function ID330 TRUE this parameter defines which reference place is selected as PID controller reference Al1 reference terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer Al2 reference termina
224. isit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com ETN Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 507 DC braking current 234567 P1 4 8 Defines the current injected into the motor during DC braking 508 DC braking time at stop 234567 P1 4 9 Determines if braking is ON or OFF and the braking time of the DC brake when the motor is stopping The function of the DC brake depends on the stop function ID506 0 0 DC brake is not used gt 0 0 DC brake is in use and its function depends on the Stop function ID506 The DC braking time is determined with this parameter Par ID506 0 Stop function Coasting After the stop command the motor coasts to a stop without control of the SVX9000 With DC injection the motor can be electrically stopped in the shortest possible time without using an optional external braking resistor The braking time is scaled according to the frequency when the DC braking starts If the frequency is 2 the nominal frequency of the motor the set value of parameter ID508 determines the braking time When the frequency is lt 10 of the nominal the braking time is 1096 of the set value of parameter ID508 A A fout fout N Output Frequency N Motor Speed DC Braking ON N pcm dd DC Braking ON t 1 x Par ID508 l t 0 1 x Par ID508 l
225. ity goes below this limit The time count is activated only if the Start Stop request is active The time count is reset after the autochange has taken place See Figure 8 63 1030 Maximum number of auxiliary 7 P1 9 27 drives 1031 Autochange frequency limit 7 P1 9 28 These parameters define the level below which the capacity used must remain for autochange to take place This level is defined as follows Ifthe number of running auxiliary drives is smaller than the value of ID1030 the autochange function can take place Ifthe number of running auxiliary drives is equal to the value of ID1030 and the frequency of the controlled drive is below the value of ID1031 the autochange can take place fthe value of parameter ID1031 is 0 0 Hz the autochange can take place only at rest position Stop and Sleep regardless of the value of ID1030 Output Autochange Frequency Moment A Par ID1030 1 Max Number of Auxiliary Drives Par ID1031 Autochange Level Frequency Par ID1029 Par ID1029 S PE Autochange Interval Autochange Interval Aux Jif J 1 Control Aux Drive 1l 2 Control Figure 8 63 Autochange Interval and Limits 8 80 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Ap
226. ive User Manual Monitored parameters are not editable from this menu See Parameter Menu M1 to change parameter values Table 5 12 Monitoring Menu Items Standard Application Example Code Signal Name Unit Description V7 1 Output Frequency Hz Output frequency V7 2 Frequency reference Hz Frequency reference setting V7 3 Motor speed rpm Calculated motor speed V7 4 Motor current A Measured motor current V7 5 Motor torque 96 Calculated torque based on nominal motor torque V7 6 Motor power 96 Calculated power based on nominal motor power V7 7 Motor voltage V Calculated motor voltage V7 8 DC bus voltage V Measured DC bus voltage V7 9 Unit temperature C Heatsink temperature V7 10 Calculated motor C Calculated motor temperature based on the motor temperature nameplate information and the calculated motor load V7 11 Analog Input 1 V Voltage input at Terminals Al1 and GND V7 12 Analog Input 2 mA Current input at Terminals Al2 and Al2 V7 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 Digital input status Figure 5 9 V7 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 Digital input status Figure 5 10 V7 15 DO1 RO2 RO3 Digital and relay output status Figure 5 11 V7 16 Analog lout mA Current output at Terminals AO1 and AO1 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 OFF ON OFF Figure 5 9 Digital Inputs DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 Status V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DING ON OFF OFF Figure 5 10 Digital Inputs
227. ke Control Logic A 2 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Parameters of Motor Thermal Protection ID704 to ID708 General The motor thermal protection is to protect the motor from overheating The SVX9000 is capable of supplying higher than nominal current to the motor If the load requires this high current there is a risk that the motor will be thermally overloaded This is the case especially at low frequencies At low frequencies the cooling effect of the integral motor fan is reduced as well as its capacity If the motor is equipped with an external fan the load reduction at low speeds is small The motor thermal protection is based on a calculated model and it uses the output current of the SVX9000 to determine the load on the motor The motor thermal protection can be adjusted with ID704 to ID708 The thermal current I specifies the load current above which the motor is overloaded This current limit is a function of the output frequency The thermal stage of the motor can be monitored on the control keypad display See the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 5 Monitoring Menu M7 A CAUTION The calculated model does not protect the motor if the airflow to the motor is reduced by a cooling fan failure or
228. ker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Table 7 9 Digital Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 1 continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 1 25 Fieldbus digital DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 456 input 2 P1 3 1 26 Fieldbus digital DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 457 e input 3 P1 3 1 27 Autochange 1 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT B 1 458 Aux 1 control P1 3 1 28 Autochange 2 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT B 2 459 Aux 2 control P1 3 1 29 Autochange 3 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 460 Aux3 control P1 3 1 30 Autochange 4 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 461 e Aux 4 control P1 3 1 31 Autochange 5 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 462 Table 7 10 Limit Settings M1 3 G1 3 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 2 1 Output 0 2 0 315 0 No limit frequency limit 1 Low limit supervision 1 supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 2 2 Output 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 316 frequency limit 1 Supervised value P1 3 2 3 Output 0 2 0 346 0 No limit frequency limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 2 4 Output 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 347 frequency limit 2 Supervised value P1 3 2 5 Torque limit
229. kip frequency P1 5 3 320 00 Hz 0 00 512 0 00 No prohibit range 2 range 2 high limit P1 5 5 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 6 Hz 0 00 513 range 3 low limit P1 5 6 Skip frequency P1 5 5 320 00 Hz 0 00 514 0 00 No prohibit range 3 range 3 high limit P1 5 7 Prohibit acc dec 0 1 10 0 140 518 Multiplier for ramp time in ramp prohibit frequency range e g 0 1 10 of normal ramp time MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 4 9 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual ETN Cutler Hammer April 2004 Motor Control Parameters M1 gt G1 6 Table 4 7 Motor Control Parameters M1 3 G1 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 6 1 Motor control 0 1 0 600 0 Frequency control mode 1 Speed control P1 6 2 V Hz 0 1 0 109 0 Not used optimization 1 Automatic torque boost P1 6 3 V Hz ratio 0 3 0 108 0 Linear selection 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optimiz P1 6 4 Field weakening 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 602 point P1 6 5 Voltage at field 10 00 200 00 100 00 603 n x VnMotor weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz curve 0 00 P1 6 4 Hz 60 00 604 midpoint frequency P1 6 7 V Hz curve 0 00 P1 6 5 96 100 00 605 n x VnMotor midpoint voltage P1 6 89 Output
230. l April 2004 or W2 E 9 9 X On gl lt H2 ke H1 W1 aa a aaa AH T D kaki o D2 lt H3 gt Figure A 9 NEMA 1 and NEMA 12 with Flange Kit FR4 FR5 and FR6 Enclosure Dimensions Table A 6 FR4 FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit Enclosure Dimensions Fiame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Size Voltage W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 Dia FR4 230V 5 0 4 45 13 27 12 8 12 9 1 18 87 7 5 3 0 27 480V 128 113 337 325 327 30 22 190 77 7 FR5 230V 5 67 4 7 17 0 16 5 16 5 1 4 sd 8 42 3 93 27 480V 144 120 434 420 419 36 18 214 100 7 FR6 230V 7 67 6 7 22 0 21 6 21 9 1 18 79 9 33 4 17 25 480V 195 170 560 549 558 30 20 237 106 6 5 575V MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com A 11 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer
231. l com 6 13 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Table 6 12 Digital Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 3 continued E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 3 27 Fieldbus digital DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 169 input 4 P1 3 3 28 Fieldbus digital DigOUT 01 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 01 170 input 5 Table 6 13 Limit Settings M1 gt G1 3 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 4 1 Output 0 3 0 315 0 No limit frequency limit 1 Low limit supervision 1 supervision 2 High limit supervision function 3 Brake on control P1 3 4 2 Output 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 316 frequency limit 1 Supervised value P1 3 4 3 Output 0 4 0 346 0 No limit frequency limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 supervision 2 High limit supervision function 3 Brake off control 4 Brake on off control P1 3 4 4 Output 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 347 frequency limit 2 Supervised value P1 3 4 5 Torque limit 0 3 0 348 0 Not used supervision 1 Low limit supervision function 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake off control P1 3 4 6 Torque limit 1000 0 1000 0 100 0 349 supervision value P1 3 4 7 Reference limit O 2 0 350 0 Not used supervision
232. l2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 15 Jog speed 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 124 reference P1 1 16 Preset speed 1 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 5 00 105 Multi step speed 1 P1 1 17 Preset speed 2 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 10 00 106 Multi step speed 2 P1 1 18 Preset speed 3 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 12 50 126 Multi step speed 3 P1 1 19 Preset speed 4 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 15 00 127 Multi step speed 4 P1 1 20 Preset speed 5 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 17 50 128 Multi step speed 5 P1 1 21 Preset speed 6 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 20 00 129 Multi step speed 6 P1 1 22 Preset speed 7 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 22 50 130 Multi step speed 7 P1 1 23 Preset speed 8 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 25 00 133 Multi step speed 8 P1 1 24 Preset speed 9 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 27 50 134 Multi step speed 9 P1 1 25 Preset speed 10 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 30 00 135 Multi step speed 10 P1 1 26 Preset speed 11 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 32 50 136 Multi step speed 11 P1 1 27 Preset speed 12 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 35 00 137 Multi step speed 12 P1 1 28 Preset speed 13 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 40 00 138 Multi step speed 13 P1 1 29 Preset speed 14 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 45 00 139 Multi step speed 14 P1 1 30 Preset speed 15 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 60 00 140 Multi step speed 15 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 Table 4 3 Input Signals M1 3 G1 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 19 Start Stop logic 0 0 300 DIN1 DIN2 0 Start fwd Start rev 1 Start Stop Rev Fwd 2 Start Stop Run enable 3 Start pulse Stop pulse 4 Fwd Rev 5 Start Stop Rev Fwd 6 Start
233. lected 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit superv 17 Ext brake control 18 Remote Control Active 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested rotation direction 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Thermistor fault warn P1 3 8 Relay output 1 0 22 2 313 See P1 3 7 function P1 3 9 Relay output 2 0 22 3 314 See P1 3 7 function P1 3 10 Output 0 2 0 315 0 No limit frequency limit 1 1 Low limit supervision supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 11 Output 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 316 frequency limit 1 Supervision value P1 3 12 Output 0 2 0 346 0 No limit frequency limit 2 1 Low limit supervision supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 13 Output 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 347 frequency limit 2 Supervision value P1 3 14 Torque limit 0 2 0 348 0 No supervision 1 Low limit function 2 High limit P1 3 15 Torque limit 0 0 200 0 0 0 349 supervision value P1 3 16 Reference limit 0 2 0 350 0 No supervision 1 Low limit function 2 High limit MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 4 7 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Table 4 4 Output Signals M1 G1 3 continued E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004
234. lid in the respective control place are used reference according to parameters ID173 and ID174 Note When DIN3 opens the control place is selected Applications 2 to 5 8 Reverse contact open Forward contact closed Reverse Note Can be used for reversing if ID300 has a value of 3 Applications 3 to 5 9 Jog speed contact closed Jog speed selected for frequency reference 10 Fault reset contact closed Resets all faults 11 Acc dec operation prohibited contact closed Stops acceleration or deceleration until the contact is opened 12 DC braking command contact closed In Stop mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened see Figure 8 9 Application 3 and 5 13 Motor potentiometer down contact closed Reference decreases until the contact is opened Application 4 13 Preset speed 8 14 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 A A Output Frequency ID515 j t t DIN2 DIN2 RUN RUN STOP STOP a DIN3 as DC brake command input and stop mode ramp b DIN3 as DC brake command input and stop mode Coasting Figure 8 9 DIN3 as DC Brake Command Input a Stop mode Ramp b Stop mode coasti
235. ll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 385 A11 sleep limit 6 P1 2 2 9 The SVX9000 is automatically stopped if the Al signal level falls below the Sleep limit defined with this parameter See Figure 8 35 Frequency Reference H REVERSE FORWARD 5096 5096 Reference Scaling Max B ID304 70 Hz From Reverse to Forward Max Freq ID102 50 Hz From Forward to Reverse Analog Input V mA Min Freq ID101 0 10V 20 mA Ref Scaling Min ID303 0 Hz Par ID321 T Par ID322 2096 Sleep Limit 909 79 ID385 7 l Joystick Hysteresis ID384 20 Figure 8 35 Example of Sleep Limit Function MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 39 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Frequency reference Hz REVERSE FORWARD 50 50 Reference Scaling Max P2 2 2 7 70 Hz From Reverse to Forward Max Freq P2 1 2 50 Hz From Forward to Reverse Analog Input V mA Min Freq P2 1 1 0 10V 20 mA Ref Scaling Min P2 2 2 6 0 Hz Par 2 2 2 4 ii 20 1 Par 2 2 2 5 Joystick Hysteresis 90 P2 2 2 8 20
236. ls 5 and 6 e g transducer Al3 reference Al4 reference PID reference 1 from keypad Reference from Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN3 Motor potentiometer PID reference 2 from keypad D Od hWN O M If value 6 is selected for this parameter the functions Motor potentiometer DOWN and Motor potentiometer UP must be connected to digital inputs ID417 and ID418 Supervised analog input 7 P1 3 2 13 0 Analog reference from Al1 terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer 1 Analog reference from AI2 terminals 4 and 5 e g transducer Analog input limit supervision 7 P1 3 2 14 If the value of the selected analog input goes under over the set limit ID374 this function generates a warning message through the digital output or a relay output depending on to which output the supervision function ID463 is connected 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision Analog input supervised value 7 P1 3 2 15 The value of the selected analog input to be supervised by ID373 Analog output offset 67 P1 3 5 7 1 3 3 7 Add 100 0 to 100 096 to the analog output 8 36 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com ETN Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 376 PID sum point reference Place 5 P
237. ltage trip 0 No automatic restart s0 Number of automatic restarts after undervoltage fault The fault is reset and the drive is started automatically after the DC link voltage has returned to the normal level 721 Automatic restart Number of 234567 P1 8 5 tries after overvoltage trip This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by parameter ID718 after an overvoltage trip 0 No automatic restart after overvoltage fault trip s0 Number of automatic restarts after overvoltage fault trip The fault is reset and the drive is started automatically after the DC link voltage has returned to the normal level 722 Automatic restart Number of 234567 P1 8 6 tries after overcurrent trip This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 Note An IGBT temperature fault also included as part of this fault 0 No automatic restart after overcurrent fault trip s0 Number of automatic restarts after an overcurrent trip saturation trip or IGBT temperature fault 723 Automatic restart Number of 234567 P1 8 7 tries after reference trip This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 No automatic restart after reference fault trip s0 Number of automatic restarts after the analog current signal 4 20 mA has returned to the normal level 2 4 mA 725 Automatic restart Number of 23
238. mable dol Pa o 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault programmable Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see terminal 6 PS 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls PEN eux G DIN4 Place B start forward Contact closed start forward programmable P d 15 DIN5 Place B start reverse Contact closed start reverse d te a programmable Pa 16 DING Place A B selection Contact open Place A is active ES MEE ENS Contact closed Place B is active 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DING Connect to GND or 24V 118 A01 Output frequency Programmable ma 19 AO1 Analog output Range 0 20 mA RL max 50092 READY TE 6 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector lt 50 mA V lt 48V DC OPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable RUN L og RO1 EE RUN duo een eH 2 o 24 RO2 Relay output 2 Programmable 25 RO2 wy FAULT Zhao Note For more information on jumper selections see the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 4 e e e ej ele eje eje eje 3 2 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective paramete
239. mable V Hz curve and switching frequency Auto restart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault Details of the parameters shown in this section are available in Chapter 8 of this Manual listed by parameter ID number MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 3 1 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Control Input Output Table 3 1 Local Remote Application Default I O Configuration Remote Reference Pot Terminal Signal Description 1 10 kQ OPTA9 r 2 411 10Vre Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al1 Analog input voltage range Place B input frequency reference ma c 0 10V DC l 3 Al1 O Ground Ground for reference and controls Remote reference 4 Al2 Analog input current range Place A frequency reference 0 4 20 mA 0 20 mA 5 AI2 6 24V e Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls TE d ERE 8 DIN1 Place A start forward Contact closed start forward programmable IN P d c REI 9 DIN2 Place A start reverse Contact closed start reverse program
240. mber of tries 0 10 0 723 after reference trip P1 8 8 Number of tries 0 10 0 726 after motor temp fault trip P1 8 9 Number of tries 0 10 0 725 after external fault trip P1 8 10 Number of tries 0 10 1 738 after underload fault trip MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 13 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Keypad Control Parameters M2 This menu provides the parameters for the setting of the keypad frequency reference the selection of motor direction when in keypad operation and when the STOP button is active Table 5 10 Keypad Control Parameters M2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note R2 1 Keypad reference P1 1 1 P1 1 2 Hz P2 2 Keypad direction 0 1 0 123 0 Forward 1 Reverse P2 3 PID reference 0 00 100 00 0 00 P2 4 PID reference 2 0 00 100 00 0 00 P2 5 Stop button active 0 1 1 114 0 Stop enabled only in keypad operation 1 Stop button always enabled Menus M3 to M6 Menus M3 to M6 provide information on the Active Faults Fault History System Menu settings and the Expander Board setup These menu items are explained in detail in Chapter 5 of the SVX9000 User Manual Monitoring Menu M7 The monitored items are the actu
241. method used See Page 6 3 P1 2 35 A13 signal range 0 1 1 143 0 0 10096 1 20 10096 P1 2 36 Al3 inversion 0 1 0 151 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 37 Al3 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 142 10 00 No filtering P1 2 382 Al4 signal selection AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN 0 1 152 TTF programming method used See Page 6 3 P1 2 39 A14 signal range 0 1 1 154 0 0 10096 1 20 10096 P1 2 40 Al4 inversion 0 1 0 162 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 41 A14 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 153 0 No filtering MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 7 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual ETN Cutler Hammer April 2004 Output Signals M1 G1 3 Table 5 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 1 AO1 signal AnOUT 0 1 AnOUT E 10 AnOUT A 1 464 TTF programming method used selection See Page 6 3 P1 3 2 Analog output 0 14 1 307 0 Not used function 1 Output freq 0 fMax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current 0 InMotor 5 Motor torque 0 TnMotor 6 Motor power 0 PnMotor 7 Motor voltage 0 VnMotor 8 DC bus volt 0 1000V 9 PID reference value 10 PID actual value 1 11 PID actu
242. mounting surface securely attach the drive to the mounting surface using all 4 screws or bolts 2 2 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 Sa Chapter 3 Power Wiring Guidelines To ensure proper wiring use the following guidelines e Use heat resistant copper cables only 75 C or higher e The input line cable and line fuses must be sized in accordance with the rated input current of the unit See Tables 3 2 and 3 5 e Consistent with UL listing requirements for maximum protection of the SVX9000 drive UL recognized fuses type RK5 should be used for 480V and 230V ratings e Ifthe motor temperature sensing is used for overload protection the output cable size may be selected based on the motor specifications e If three or more shielded cables are used in parallel for the output on the larger units every cable must have its own overload protection e Avoid placing the motor cables in long parallel lines with other cables e If the motor cables run in parallel with other cables note the minimum distances between the motor cables and other cables given in Table 3 1 below Table 3 1 Cable Spacings Minimum Distance Between Cables in Feet m Cable in Feet m 1 0 3 lt 164
243. mp time P1 2 1 13 Motor 0 2 1 367 0 Noreset potentiometer 1 Reset if stopped or frequency powered down reference 2 Reset if powered down memory reset 7 12 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N April 2004 Cutler Hammer Table 7 3 Basic Input Settings M1 3 G1 2 1 continued SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 1 14 Motor 0 2 0 370 0 No reset potentiometer 1 Reset if stopped or PID reference powered down memory reset 2 Reset if powered down P1 2 1 15 B reference 0 0 P1 2 1 16 Hz 0 0 344 0 0 Scaling off scale minimum 50 0 Scaled min value P1 2 1 16 B reference P1 2 1 15 320 0 Hz 0 0 345 0 0 Scaling off scale maximum 50 0 Scaled max value Table 7 4 Analog Input 1 M1 G1 2 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 2 19 Al1 signal AnIN A 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN A 1 377 selection P1 2 2 2 Al1 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 324 0 No filtering P1 2 2 3 Al1 signal range 0 2 0 320 020 100 1 20 10096 2 Custom range 9 P1 2 2 4 AI1 custom 160 00 160 00 96 0 00 321 minimum setting P1 2 2 5 AI1 custom 160 00 160 00 96 100 00 322 maxim
244. n Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 21 Response to 0 3 2 732 See P1 7 3 thermistor fault P1 7 22 Response to 0 3 2 733 See P1 7 3 fieldbus fault P1 7 23 Response to slot 0 3 2 734 See P1 7 3 fault P1 7 24 No of PT100 0 3 0 739 numbers P1 7 25 Response to 0 3 0 740 See P1 7 3 PT 100 fault P1 7 26 PT100 warning 30 0 200 0 C 120 0 741 limit P1 7 27 PT100 fault limit 30 0 200 0 C 130 0 742 Auto Restart Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Table 6 21 Auto Restart Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 s 0 50 717 P1 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 s 30 00 718 P1 8 3 Start mode 0 2 0 719 0 Ramp 1 Flying start 2 Start per P1 4 6 P1 8 4 Number of tries 0 10 0 720 after undervoltage trip P1 8 5 Number of tries 0 10 0 721 after overvoltage trip P1 8 6 Number of tries 0 3 0 722 after overcurrent trip P1 8 7 Number of tries 0 10 0 723 after 4 mA trip P1 8 8 Number of tries 0 10 0 726 after motor temp fault trip P1 8 9 Number of tries 0 10 0 725 after external fault trip P1 8 10 Number of tries 0 10 0 738 after underload fault trip 6 20 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Fieldbus Parameters M1 G1 9 Table 6 22 Fieldbus Parameters
245. n Manual April 2004 EHH Chapter 5 PID Control Application Introduction The PID Control Application of the Cutler Hammer SVX9000 drive by Eaton Electrical provides for two different control places place A is the PID controller and place B is direct frequency reference The active control place is selected by digital input DING The PID controller reference can be selected from the analog inputs fieldbus motor potentiometer by enabling the PID Reference 2 or by applying the control keypad reference The PID controller actual value can be selected from the analog inputs fieldbus the actual values of the motor or through the mathematical functions of these The direct frequency reference can be used for the control without the PID controller and is selected from the analog inputs fieldbus motor potentiometer or keypad The PID Application is typically used to control levels or pumps and fans In these applications the PID Application provides a smooth control and an integrated measurement and control package where no additional components are needed e Digital inputs DIN2 DIN3 and DIN5 and all outputs are freely programmable Additional functions e Analog input signal range selection e Two frequency limit supervisions e Torque limit supervision e Reference limit supervision e Two sets of ramp times and S shape ramp programming e Programmable start and stop functions e DC brake at stop e Three skip frequency areas e P
246. n used See Page 6 3 P1 3 23 Analog output 2 0 8 4 472 See P1 3 2 function P1 3 24 Analog output 2 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 473 0 00 No filtering filter time P1 3 25 Analog output 2 0 1 0 474 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 26 Analog output 2 0 1 0 475 020mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 27 Analog output 2 10 1000 100 476 100 No scaling scaling Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 Table 3 5 Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 500 0 0 Linear 50 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 501 0 0 Linear 50 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 3 Acceleration 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 502 time 2 P1 4 4 Deceleration 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 503 time 2 P1 4 5 Brake chopper 0 4 0 504 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing P1 4 6 Start mode 0 1 0 505 0 Ramp 1 Flying start P1 4 7 Stop mode 0 3 1 506 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P1 4 8 DC braking 0 4 x IH 2 0 x lu A lu 507 current P1 4 9 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 S 0 00 508 0 00 DC brake is off at stop at stop 3 8 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer
247. nals 02000 c eee eee 3 11 Figure 3 10 FR6 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals lille 3 12 Figure 3 11 FR7 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals llllllsssln 3 13 Figure 3 12 FR8 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals cee eee 3 14 Figure 3 13 FR9 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals 0 0000 cee eee 3 15 Figure 4 1 Option Board Slots en 4 1 Figure 4 2 Option Board A9 Wiring Diagram ees 4 3 Figure 4 3 Option Board A9 Jumper Location and Settings 4 5 Figure 4 4 Option Board A2 Wiring Diagram eee 4 5 Figure 4 5 Option Board A2 Terminal Locations cece ences 4 6 Figure 4 6 Positive Negative Logic eh 4 6 Figure 5 1 Keypad and Display 2 e 5 1 Figure 5 2 Main Menu Navigation 2 en 5 4 Figure 5 3 Parameter Menu Structure Example llle eee eens 5 5 Figure 5 4 Keypad Control Menu 000 c eee hh 5 6 Figure 5 5 Active Fault Display Example 0 0 cece eee eee 5 7 Figure 5 6 Sample Fault History Display ees 5 9 Figure 5 7 System Menu Structure illie 5 10 Figure 5 8 Expander Board Menu Structure 0 0000 5 18 Figure 5 9 Digital Inputs DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 Status 0 000 eee eee 5 19 Figure 5 10 Digital Inputs DIN4 DIN5 DING Status anaana anann 5 19 Figure 5 11 Digital and Relay Outputs DO1 RO
248. ncorrect problems Confirm the underload parameter settings 22 EEPROM Parameter save fault Upon reset of this fault the SVX9000 checksum fault e faulty operation will ib bed reload Ch ompdnentfallure parameter default settings Check a p parameter settings after reset If the fault reoccurs contact your Cutler Hammer distributor B 2 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 Table B 1 Fault Codes Continued Fault Code Fault Possible Cause Solution 244 Counter fault Values displayed on the counters are incorrect 25 Microprocessor e faulty operation Reset the fault and restart watchdog fault e component failure Should the fault reoccur contact your Cutler Hammer distributor 26 Startup prevented Startup of the drive has been Check Start Enable Interlock settings prevented 29 Thermistor fault The thermistor input of an option Check the motor cooling and the board has detected a high motor motor loading temperature Check the thermistor connection If the thermistor input of an option board is not being used it must be short circuited 31 IGBT temperature IGBT Inverter Bridge Check loading hardware overtemperature protecti
249. nding x3 e CMB Connected to Ground T CMA Connected to Ground e CMB Isolated from Ground e H CMA Isolated from Ground CMB and CMA Internally le Connected and Isolated from Ground Designates Default Jumper Settings Figure 4 3 Option Board A9 Jumper Location and Settings Wiring Option Board A2 Basic Relay Board A2 r RO1 1 21 Ts Ro12 22 2 i Ru 1 RO1 3 L L LI1 AC DC I RO2 24 Switching TRO i lt 8A 24V DC j RO2 2 25 0 4 125V DC lt 8A 250V AC i RO2 3 26 Continuously I 2 Arms ae a ps ng Nbi of oi S Bi 3 Figure 4 4 Option Board A2 Wiring Diagram MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 4 5 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual Table 4 4 Option Board A2 Terminal Descriptions E T M Cutler Hammer April 2004 Terminal Signal Technical Information 21 RO1 1 Normally Closed NC Switching Capacity 24V DC 8A 22 RO1 2 Common 250V AC 8A 23 RO1 3 Normally Open NO 125V DC 0 4A Min Switching Load 5V 10 mA Continuous Capacity 2 Arms 24 RO2 1 Normally Closed NC Switching Capacity Poe Tpnsn Teamwear 7 1 24V DC 8A 25 RO2 2 Common 250V AC 8A 26 RO2 3 Normally Open NO 125V DC 0 4A Min Switching Load 5V 10 mA
250. ng 302 Reference offset for current 12 P1 17 P1 2 3 input 0 No offset 0 20 mA 1 Offset 4 mA living zero provides supervision of zero level signal In the Standard Application the response to reference fault can be programmed with ID700 303 Reference scaling minimum 2346 P1 2 4 P1 2 16 P1 2 15 P1 2 2 6 value 304 Reference scaling maximum 2346 P1 2 5 P1 2 17 P1 2 16 P1 2 2 7 value Setting value limits O lt ID303 lt ID304 lt ID102 If ID303 0 scaling is set off The minimum and maximum frequencies are used for scaling 4 Output Output Frequency Frequency Max Freq ID102 bia Ba ID304 Analog Analog ID303 T Min Freq ID101 Input V Min Freq ID101 Input V 0 EE 0 10 g Figure 8 10 With and Without Reference Scaling Left Reference scaling Right No scaling used ID303 0 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 15 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 305 Reference inversion 2 P1 2 6 Inverts reference signal max ref signal Min set freq Min ref signal max set freq 0 No inversion 1 Reference inverted A Output Frequency T Max Freq ID102 ID304 ID303 Analog T Min Freq ID101 Input gt 0 Max Figure 8 11 Reference Inversion 306 Reference filter time 2 P1 2 7
251. ng storage or accidental misuse The original purchaser of the product must obtain a Cutler Hammer Return Material Authorization RMA number prior to returning any defective product When purchased through an Authorized Distributor the Distributor should supply an RMA number to their customer The maximum liability of this warranty is limited to the purchase price of the product In no event regardless of cause shall Eaton Electrical Inc be liable a for penalties or penalty clauses of any description or b for certification not otherwise specifically provided herein and or indemnification of purchaser or others for costs damages or expenses each arising out of or related to the product or services of any order or c for any damages resulting from loss of profits use of products or for any incidental indirect or consequential damages even if advised of the possibility of such damages A 16 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Eoi Appendix B Fault and Warning Codes SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual The faults with one asterisk are Fault only The faults with two asterisks can be programmed for different actions based on the chosen application See the SVX9000 Application Manual for specific application details Table B 1 Fa
252. ning P1 3 1 82 Overtemperature DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 439 warning P1 3 1 9 9 Reserved DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 440 P1 3 1 10 Direction DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 441 difference P1 3 1 11 At reference DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 442 speed P1 3 1 12 Jog speed DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 443 P1 3 1 13 Remote control DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 444 active P1 3 1 14 External brake DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 445 control P1 3 1 15 External brake DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 446 control inverted P1 3 1 16 Output frequency DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 447 limit 1 supervision P1 3 1 17 Output frequency DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 448 limit 2 supervision P1 3 1 18 Reference limit DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 449 supervision P1 3 3 19 Temperature limit DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 450 supervision P1 3 1 20 Torque limit DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 451 supervision P1 3 1 21 Motor thermal DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 452 9 protection P1 3 1 22 Analog input DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 463 supervision limit P1 3 1 23 Motor regulator DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 454 activation P1 3 1 24 Fieldbus digital DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 455 input 1 7 16 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Wal
253. not active below 5 Hz the underload time counter is stopped The torque values for setting the underload curve are set as a percentage of the nominal torque of the motor The motor s nameplate data the motor nominal current and the SVX9000 s nominal current ly are used to find the scaling ratio for the internal torque value If other than a standard motor is used the accuracy of the torque calculation decreases Fieldbus Control Parameters ID850 to ID859 The Fieldbus control parameters are used when the frequency or the speed reference comes from the fieldbus Modbus Profibus DeviceNet etc With the Fieldbus Data Out Selection 1 8 you can monitor values from the fieldbus A 4 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com Company Information Eaton Electrical Inc is a global leader in electrical control power distribution and industrial automation products and services Through advanced product development world class manufacturing methods and global engineering services and support Eaton Electrical provides customer driven solutions under brand names such as Cutler Hammer Durant Heinemann Holec and MEMS which globally serve the ch
254. ns 345 20 Reference inverted Application 6 21 External brake control inverted External brake ON OFF control ID352 and ID353 Output Applications 3456 active when brake control is OFF MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 19 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Table 8 8 Output Signals Via DO1 and Output Relays RO1 and RO2 continued Setting value Signal content 22 Thermistor fault or warning The thermistor input of option board indicates Applications 3456 overtemperature Fault or warning depending on ID732 23 Fieldbus input data Fieldbus input data to DO RO Application 5 23 On Off control Application 6 Selects the analog input to be monitored ID356 ID357 ID358 and ID463 24 Fieldbus input data 1 Fieldbus data to DO RO Application 6 25 Fieldbus input data 2 Fieldbus data to DO RO Application 6 26 Fieldbus input data 3 Fieldbus data to DO RO Application 6 315 316 Output frequency limit 234567 P1 3 10 P1 3 4 1 P1 3 2 1 supervision function 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake on control Application 6 only see Page A 1 If the output frequency goes under over the set limit ID316 this function generates a warning message via the digital output
255. ntact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 aaa Chapter 4 Control Wiring General Information The control unit of the SVX9000 consists of the control board and various option boards that plug into the five slot connectors A to E of the control board Galvanic isolation of the control terminals is provided as follows e The control connections are isolated from power and the GND terminals are permanently connected to ground e The digital inputs are galvanically isolated from the I O ground e The relay outputs are double isolated from each other at 300V AC Option Board General Information The SVX9000 series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to customize the drive for your application needs The drive s control unit is designed to accept a total of five option boards Option boards are available for normal analog and digital inputs and outputs communication and additional application specific hardware The SVX9000 factory installed standard option board configuration includes an A9 I O board and an A2 relay output board which are installed in slots A and B For information on additional option boards see the 9000X Series Drives Option Board User Manual Figure 4 1 Option Board Slots MN04003002E For more information
256. ntrol terminals following the details for the specific option boards shown on the following pages Note Note for ease of access the option board terminal blocks can be unplugged for wiring s 4 2 NG Control Wiring Details Wiring Option Board A9 Basic I O Board A9 Input Reference Voltage Input Reference D Current Control Voltage Output p ANG D g 771 DIN1 O 24Vout 6 DIN2 nI DIN3 qe CMA Gy 24Vout Gj 43 AO1 18 0 4 20 mA AO1 1 RL 500 1 a S DO1 20 ka QRH V 48V 1 lt 50 mA Indicates Connections for Inverted Signals Figure 4 2 Option Board A9 Wiring Diagram MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 4 3 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 4 3 Option Board A9 Terminal Descriptions Terminal Signal Description and Parameter Reference 1 10 Viet Reference voltage Maximum current 10 mA Al1 Analog input voltage Default 0 10V R 200 kQ z 10V to 10V joystick control GND Analog input common 0 20 mA R 250 Q Select V or mA with jumper block X1 Figure 4 3 Differential input if not conne
257. ntroller reference rises from 096 to 10096 342 PID reference fall time 57 P1 2 31 P1 2 1 4 Defines the time during which the PID controller reference falls from 10096 to 096 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 27 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 344 Reference scaling minimum 57 P1 2 32 P1 2 1 15 value place B 345 Reference scaling maximum 57 P1 2 33 P1 2 1 16 value place B You can choose a scaling range for the frequency reference from control place B between the Minimum and Maximum frequency If no scaling is desired set the parameter value to 0 0 In Figure 8 23 input Al1 with signal range O 10096 is selected for Place B reference A Output 4 Output Frequency Frequency Max Frequency ID102 Max Frequency ID102 oe aL ID345 l l l l l l l l Analog ID344 Analog Min Frequency ID101 Input V t Min Frequency ID101 Input V 1 gt 1 0 10 0 10 Figure 8 23 Control Place B with and without Reference Scaling Left ID344 0 No reference scaling Right reference scaling 346 Output freq limit 2 supervision 34567 P1 3 12 P1 3 4 3 P1 3 2 3 function 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake on control Application 6 only see P
258. of 300 20 000 rpm 1775 112 Motor nameplate value The the motor default applies for a 4 pole motor and a nominal size SVX9000 P1 1 9 Nominal current of 0 4xly 2xly A lu 113 Motor nameplate value the motor P1 1 10 Power Factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Motor nameplate value P1 1 11 Local Control 1 3 2 171 1 1 0 Terminal Place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 3 3 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 3 2 Basic Parameters M1 gt G1 1 continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 12 Remote Control 1 3 1 172 1 I O Terminal Place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 13 Location A 0 4 2 173 0 Al1 reference 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 4 Motor potentiometer P1 1 14 Location B 0 4 0 131 0 Al1 reference 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 4 Motor potentiometer P1 1 15 Remote control 0 4 0 174 0 Al1 reference 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 4 Motor potentiometer P1 1 16 Jog speed 0 00 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 124 reference Input Signals M1 G1 2 Table 3 3 Input Signals M1 3 G1 2 Code Parameter Min Max P1 2 1 Place A Start 0 DIN2 Stop logic 0 Start fwd Start rev selection 1 Star
259. of 104 F 40 C Table 3 3 Cable and Fuse Sizes 480V Ratings Wire Size 9 Terminal Size Frame Fuse hp Size l A A Power Ground Power Ground 1 1 2 FR4 3 3 10 14 14 12 16 14 16 2 4 3 10 14 14 12 16 14 16 3 5 6 10 14 14 12 16 14 16 5 7 6 10 14 14 12 16 14 16 7 1 2 FR5 12 15 12 12 8 16 8 16 10 16 20 10 10 8 16 8 16 15 23 30 8 8 8 16 8 16 20 FR6 31 35 8 8 0 14 2 10 25 38 50 6 8 0 14 2 10 30 46 60 4 6 0 14 2 10 40 FR7 61 80 2 6 0 14 2 0 10 50 72 100 2 6 0 14 2 0 10 60 87 110 1 0 4 0 14 2 0 10 75 FR8 105 125 2 0 2 3 0 4 3 0 4 100 140 175 4 0 1 0 350MCM 3 0 3 0 4 125 170 200 300 2 0 350MCM 3 0 3 0 4 150 FR9 205 250 350MCM 3 0 350MCM 2x 3 0 3 0 4 200 261 350 2x250MCM 3 0 350MCM 2x3 0 3 0 4 250 FR10 300 400 2x250 300MCM 600MCM 600MCM 300 385 450 2x300 300MCM 600MCM 600MCM 350 460 600 2x400 300MCM 600MCM 600MCM UL recognized type RK Based on a maximum environment of 104 F 40 C 3 2 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 Table 3 4 Cable and Fuse Sizes 575V Ratings Wire Size Terminal Size Frame Fuse hp Size lj A A o Power Ground Power Ground 2
260. oll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Table 3 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 20 Free analog 0 2 0 361 0 Not used input signal 1 Al1 selection 2 Al2 P1 2 21 Free analog 0 0 No function input function 1 Reduces current limit P1 1 5 2 Reduces DC braking current 3 Reduces accel and decel times 4 Reduces torque supervision limit P1 2 22 Motor 0 1 2000 0 Hz s 10 0 331 potentiometer ramp time P1 2 23 Motor 0 2 1 367 0 No reset potentiometer 1 Reset if stopped or powered frequency down reference 2 Reset if powered down memory reset P1 2 24 Start pulse 0 1 0 498 0 Run state not copied memory 1 Run state copied Output Signals M1 G1 3 Table 3 4 Output Signals M1 3 G1 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 19 AO1 signal AnOUT 0 1 AnOUT E 10 AnOUT A 1 464 TTF programming method used selection See Page 6 3 P1 3 2 Analog output 0 8 1 307 0 Not used function 1 Output freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current 0 InMotor 5 Motor torque 0 TnMotor 6 Motor power 0 PnMotor 7 Motor voltage 0 VnMotor 8 DC bus vol
261. om MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 357 On Off control low limit 6 P1 3 4 14 358 On Off control high limit 6 P1 3 4 15 These parameters set the low and high limits of the signal selected with ID356 See Figure 8 25 Analog Input Selected with ID356 A ID358 ID357 gt Time Ro1 0 In this example the programming of Par ID463 B 1 Figure 8 25 An Example of On Off Control 359 PID controller minimum limit 5 P1 2 27 360 PID controller maximum limit 5 P1 2 28 With these parameters you can set the minimum and maximum limits for the PID controller output Limit setting 1000 0 of fax lt ID359 lt ID360 lt 1000 0 of fax These limits are of importance for example when you define the gain I time and D time for the PID controller 361 Free analog input signal 34 P1 2 20 P1 2 17 selection Selection of input signal for the free analog input an input not used for a reference signal 0 Not in use 1 Voltage signal Vin 2 Current signal lin 362 Freeanalog input function 34 P1 2 21 P1 2 18 This parameter is used for selecting a function for the free analog input signal 0 Function is not in use 1 Reduces motor current limit ID107 This signal will adjust the maximum motor current between
262. om MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com ETN Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Input Pressure Measurement Selected with Par ID1021 PI Controller Actual Value Input Par ID333 1 M Q DO Q Figure 8 58 Input and Output Pressure Measuring ID1022 and ID1023 are used to select the limits for the area of the input pressure where the output pressure is decreased The values are in percent of the input pressure measurement maximum value With ID1024 the value for the output pressure decrease within this area can be set The value is in percent of the reference value maximum See Figure 8 59 Output Pressure Par ID1024 Output Pressure Drop Value Time Input Pressure Par ID1026 T Input Pressure High Limit T Par ID1032 Input Pressure l Low Limit T Time Figure 8 59 Output Pressure Behavior Depending on Input Pressure and Parameter Settings MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 77 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 1025 Frequency drop delay after 7 P1 9 21 starting auxiliary drive 1026 Fr
263. on 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 502 time 2 P1 4 4 Deceleration 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 503 time 2 P1 4 5 Brakechopper 0 4 0 504 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing P1 4 6 Start mode 0 1 0 505 0 Ramp 1 Flying start P1 4 7 Stop mode 0 3 1 506 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P1 4 8 DC braking 0 4 x IH 2X1H A lu 507 current P1 4 9 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 S 0 00 508 0 00 DC brake is off at stop at stop P1 4 10 Frequency to 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 start DC braking during ramp stop P1 4 11 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 S 0 00 516 0 00 DC brake is off at start at start P1 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 0 Off 1 On P1 4 13 Flux braking 0 4 x IH 2X1H A lu 519 current 7 20 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Skip Frequencies M1 gt G1 5 Table 7 15 Skip Frequencies M1 3 G1 5 SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 5 1 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 2 Hz 0 00 509 range 1 low limit P1 5 2 Skip frequency P1 5 1 320 00 Hz 0 00 510 0 00 No prohibit range 1 range 1 hi
264. on has Check motor size detected a high short term overload current 32 Fan cooling The SVX9000 cooling fan did not Contact your Cutler Hammer start when commanded distributor 34 CAN bus Sent message not acknowledged Ensure that there is another device communication on the bus with the appropriate configuration 36 Control unit The control unit cannot control the Change the control unit power unit and vice versa 37 Device change e option board changed Reset same type e different power rating of drive Note No Fault Time Data Record is made 38 Device added e option board added Reset same type e drive of different power rating Note No Fault Time Data Record is added made 39 Device removed e option board removed Reset drive removed Note No Fault Time Data Record is made 40 Device unknown Unknown option board or drive Contact your Cutler Hammer distributor 41 IGBT temperature IGBT Inverter Bridge Check loading overtemperature protection has Check motor size detected a high short term overload current 42 Brake resistor Brake resistor overtemperature Set the deceleration time longer overtemperature protection has detected excessive Use an external brake resistor braking MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com B 3 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual Table B 1 F
265. onstant flux area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point where the nominal voltage is supplied to the motor A linear V Hz ratio should be used in constant torque applications This default setting should be used if there is no special need for another setting Squared 1 The voltage of the motor changes following a squared curve form with the frequency in the area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point where the nominal voltage is supplied to the motor The motor runs under magnetized below the field weakening point and produces less torque and electromechanical noise A squared V Hz ratio can be used in applications where the torque demand of the load is proportional to the square of the speed e g in centrifugal fans and pumps v Vn ID603 Default Nominal Voltage of the Motor Field Weakening Point Squared Default Nominal Frequency of the Motor y f Hz Figure 8 1 Linear and Squared V Hz Ratio Programmable V Hz curve 2 The V Hz curve can be programmed with three different points A programmable V Hz curve can be used if the other settings do not satisfy the needs of the application 8 2 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com ETN Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 tv Vn ID603 Default
266. ontact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Open SVX9000 Catalog Numbers Table 1 1 SVX9000 AF Drive Catalog Numbering System Product Expansion Slots 3 through 5 SVX SVX Industrial Drive Option boards be selected from left SPX SPXDrive to right in alpha numeric order Fr10 and larger only Characters to be left blank if no options are selected Horsepower CT F07 3 4 030 30 Board Modifications 001 1 040 40 1 Standard Boards A9 A2 F15 1 1 2 050 50 002 2 060 60 003 3 075 75 Braking 004 5 VT Only 100 100 N No Brake Chopper 99 005 5 125 125 B Internal Brake Chopper 006 7 1 2 VT Only 150 150 007 7 1 2 200 200 010 10 250 250 Input Options 015 15 300 300 020 20 350 350 1 3 Phase EMC H 025 25 2 3 Phase EMC N AFD Software Series Keypad A Standard Software A AlphaNumeric Enclosure Voltage 0 Open Chassis 2 208 230V z 4 380 500V 1 NEMA Type 1 5 525 690V 2 NEMA Type 12 All 230V Drives and 480V Drives up to 200 hp CT are only available with Input Option 1 480V Drives 250 hp CT or larger are only available with Input Option 2 480V Drives
267. op P1 4 10 Frequency to 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 start DC braking during ramp stop P1 4 11 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 S 0 00 516 0 00 DC brake is off at start at start P1 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 0 Off 1 0n P1 4 13 Flux braking 0 4 x Ip 2 0 x Ig A lu 519 current 2 6 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Skip Frequencies M1 gt G1 5 Table 2 6 Skip Frequencies M1 3 G1 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 5 1 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 2 Hz 0 00 509 range 1 low limit P1 5 2 Skip frequency P1 5 1 320 00 Hz 0 00 510 range 1 high limit P1 5 3 Prohibit acc dec 0 1 10 0 1 0 518 Multiplier for ramp time in ramp prohibit frequency range e g 0 1 10 of normal ramp time Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 Table 2 7 Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 6 1 Motor control 0 1 0 600 0 Frequency control mode 1 Speed control P1 6 2 V Hz 0 1 0 109 0 Not used optimization 1 Automatic torque boost P1 6 3 V Hz ratio 0 3 0 108 0 Linear selection 1 Squared 2 Programmable
268. or 6 Motor power 0 PnMotor 7 Motor voltage 0 VnMotor 8 DC Bus volt 0 1000V P1 3 3 Analog output 0 00 10 00 S 1 00 308 0 00 No filtering filter time P1 3 4 Analog output O 1 0 309 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 5 Analog output O 1 0 310 0 0MA minimum 1 4MA P1 3 6 Analog output 10 1000 96 100 311 100 No scaling scale P1 3 7 Digital output 1 O 16 2 312 0 Not used function 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Preset speed 1 11 At speed 12 Motor regulator active 13 Freq limit 1 supervision 14 Remote control active 15 Thermistor fault warning 16 Fieldbus digital input 1 P1 3 8 Relay output 1 O 16 2 313 Same as P1 3 7 function P1 3 9 Relay output2 0 16 3 314 Same as P1 3 7 function P1 3 10 Output 0 2 0 315 0 No limit frequency limit 1 Low limit supervision 1 supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 11 Output 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 316 frequency limit 1 Supervised value P1 3 12 Analog output 2 AnOUT 0 1 AnOUT E 10 AnOUT 0 1 471 TTF programming method used signal selection See Page 6 3 P1 3 13 Analog output 2 0 8 4 472 See P1 3 2 function MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 2 5 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkerem
269. or Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 498 Start pulse memory 3 P1 2 24 Giving a value to this parameter determines if the present RUN status is copied when the control place is changed from A to B or vice versa 0 The RUN status is not copied 1 The RUN status is copied In order for this parameter to have effect parameters ID300 and ID363 must have been set the value 3 500 Acceleration Deceleration 234567 P1 4 1 ramp 1 shape 501 Acceleration Deceleration 234567 P1 4 2 ramp 2 shape The start and end of the acceleration and deceleration ramps can be smoothed with these parameters Setting a value of 0 0 gives a linear ramp shape which causes acceleration and deceleration to react immediately to the changes in the reference signal Setting a value from 0 1 10 seconds for this parameter produces an S shaped acceleration deceleration The acceleration time is determined with ID103 and ID104 ID502 and ID503 A Hz ID103 ID104 ID502 ID503 Ts ID500 ID501 t Figure 8 42 Acceleration Deceleration S shaped 502 Acceleration time 2 234567 P1 4 3 503 Deceleration time 2 234567 P1 4 4 These values correspond to the time required for the output frequency to accelerate from the zero frequency to the set maximum frequency ID102 These pa
270. ormation visit www eatonelectrical com 3 9 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Power and Motor Wiring Terminal Photos 230V 3 4 3 hp 480V 1 5 hp Frame Size FR4 Motor Terminals pu Power Terminals Sia EN Brake DC Terminals Terminals N Ground Terminals I a Figure 3 8 FR4 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals 3 10 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 230V 5 7 1 2 hp 480V 7 1 2 15 hp Frame Size FR5 cra Motor Terminals Brake S a DC Terminals Power Terminals rerums Ground Terminals Pd Figure 3 9 FR5 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 3 11 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 230V 10 15 hp 480V 20 30 hp 575V 2 25 hp Frame Size FRG Power Terminals INE 5 s Motor Terminals NG Foe a NEA omens a 6 e e a r Figure 3 10
271. ot inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 23 Al2 filter time 0 00 0 10 329 0 No filtering P1 2 24 Motor 0 1 2000 0 Hz s 10 0 331 potentiometerramp time Place jumpers of block X2 appropriately 5 6 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Table 5 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 25 Motor 0 2 1 367 0 No reset potentiometer 1 Reset if stopped or powered frequency reference down memory reset 2 Reset if powered down P1 2 26 Motor 0 2 0 370 0 No reset potentiometer PID 1 Reset if stopped or powered reference memory down reset 2 Reset if powered down P1 2 27 PID minimum limit 1000 0 P1 2 28 0 00 359 P1 2 28 PID maximum limit P1 2 27 1000 0 96 100 00 360 P1 2 29 Error value 0 1 0 340 0 No inversion inversion 1 Inversion P1 2 30 PID reference 0 1 100 0 s 5 0 341 rise time P1 2 31 PID reference 0 1 100 0 s 5 0 342 fall time P1 2 32 Reference scaling 0 00 P1 2 33 Hz 0 00 344 minimum value place B P1 2 33 Reference scaling P1 2 32 320 00 Hz 0 00 345 maximum value place B P1 2 342 Al3 signal selection AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN 0 1 141 TTF programming
272. ot used 7 Closing contact Force control place to I O terminals When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop Direction and the Reference valid in the respective control place are used Note When DIN2 opens the control place is selected according to keypad control place selection 8 Reverse Contact open Forward Contact closed Reverse Note If several inputs are programmed to reverse one active contact is enough to set the direction to reverse 9 Jog speed see ID124 Contact closed Jog speed selected for frequency reference 10 Fault reset Contact closed All faults reset 11 Acceleration Deceleration prohibited Contact closed No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened 12 DC braking command Contact closed In Stop mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened See Figure 8 17 13 Motor potentiometer UP Contact closed Reference increases until the contact is opened oc MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 21 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 A Output Frequency Output Frequency ID515 t gt DIN2 RUN STOP DIN2 RUN STOP Figure 8 17 DC Braking Command Selection 12 Selected for DIN2
273. otor 6 Motor power 0 PnMotor 7 Motor voltage 0 VnMotor 8 DC Bus volt O 1000V 9 Al1 10 AI2 11 Output freq fmin fMax 12 Motor torque 2 2xTNmot 13 Motor power 2 2xPNmot 14 PT100 temperature 15 FB digital input 4 P1 3 5 3 Analog output 1 0 00 10 00 S 1 00 308 0 No filtering filter time P1 3 5 4 Analog output 1 O 1 0 309 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 5 5 Analog output 1 0 1 0 310 020 mA minimum 124mA P1 3 5 6 Analog output 1 10 1000 96 100 311 100 No scaling scale P1 3 5 7 Iout offset 100 00 100 00 0 00 375 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 6 15 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 6 15 Analog Output 2 M1 3 G1 3 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 6 1 Analog output 2 AnOUT 01 AnOUT E 10 AnOUT 01 471 signal selection P1 3 6 2 Analog output 2 0 15 4 472 See P1 3 5 2 function P1 3 6 3 Analog output 2 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 473 0 No filtering filter time P1 3 6 4 Analog output 2 O 1 0 474 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 6 5 Analog output 2 O 1 0 475 0 0 mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 6 6 Analog output 2 10 1000 96 100 476 100 No scaling scale P1 3 6 7
274. otor Start Signal e gt Supervision Trial Time l i Par ID718 Fault State Active Ld L RESET Fault Reset Auto Function Trials 2 719 Figure 8 53 Example of Automatic Restarts with Two Restarts Parameters ID720 to ID725 determine the maximum number of automatic restarts during the trial time set by parameter ID718 The time count starts from the first autorestart If the number of faults occurring during the trial time exceeds the values of parameters ID720 to ID725 the fault state becomes active Otherwise the fault is cleared after the trial time has elapsed and the next fault starts the trial time count again If a single fault remains during the trial time a fault state is true Automatic restart Start 234567 P1 8 3 function The Start function for Automatic restart is selected with this parameter The parameter defines the start mode 0 Start with ramp 1 Flying start 2 Start according to ID505 8 66 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 720 Automatic restart Number of 234567 P1 8 4 tries after undervoltage fault trip This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by parameter ID718 after an undervo
275. p enabled only in keypad operation 1 Stop button always enabled P2 4 Torque reference 2 P1 10 6 P1 10 5 96 Menus M3 to M6 Menus M3 to M6 provide information on the Active Faults Fault History System Menu settings and the Expander Board setup These menu items are explained in detail in Chapter 5 of the SVX9000 User Manual 6 22 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Monitoring Menu M7 The monitored items are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as the status and measurements of other elements Monitored items cannot be edited See the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 5 Menu information item M7 for more information Table 6 25 Monitoring Menu Code Parameter Unit ID Description V7 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V7 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency V7 3 Calculated motor speed in rpm V7 4 Motor current A 3 Motor current V7 5 96 Calculated torque as a percentage of nominal torque V7 6 Motor power 96 5 Calculated motor shaft power M77 V Calculated motor voltage V7 8 DC Bus voltage V 7 DC Bus voltage V7 9 2C Heatsink temperature V7 10 Motor tempera
276. pad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 12 Remote control 1 172 1 1 0 Terminal place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 13 Local control 0 173 0 Al1 reference 1 Al2 2 Al3 3 Al4 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID controller P1 1 14 Remote control O 174 0 Al1 reference 1 2 AI2 2 Al3 3 Al4 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID controller P1 1 15 PID controller 0 332 0 Al1 reference signal 1 AI2 Place A 2 Al3 3 Al4 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference 6 Motor potentiometer P1 1 16 PID controller 1000 0 96 100 0 118 gain P1 1 17 PID controller 320 00 S 1 00 119 I time P1 1 18 PID controller 10 00 132 D time P1 1 19 Sleep frequency P1 1 1 Hz 1016 P1 1 20 Sleep delay 0 s 1017 P1 1 21 Wake up limit 0 00 1018 P1 1 22 Wake up action 3 1019 0 2 Wake up when below wake up level P1 1 21 1 Wake up when above wake up level P1 1 21 2 Wake up when below wake up level PID ref 3 Wake up when above wake up level PID ref P1 1 23 Jog speed P1 1 2 Hz 10 00 124 reference MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 7 11 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual ETN Cutler Hammer April 2004 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 Table 7 3 Basic Input Settings M1 3 G1 2 1
277. peed can be selected if the digital inputs are programmed for these functions e The digital inputs and all of the outputs are freely programmable The application supports all I O option boards Additional functions e Analog input signal range selection e Two frequency limit supervisions e Torque limit supervision e Reference limit supervision e Two sets of ramp times and S shape ramp programming e Programmable start stop and reverse logic e DC brake at start and stop e Three skip frequency areas e Programmable V Hz curve and switching frequency e Auto restart e Motor thermal and stall protection programmable action off warning fault e Motor underload protection e Input and output phase supervision e Joystick hysteresis e Sleep function Details of the parameters shown in this section are available in Chapter 8 of this Manual listed by parameter ID number MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 6 1 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Control Input Output Table 6 1 Multi Purpose Control Application Default I O Configuration Terminal Signal Description OPTA9 r
278. peed the motor is running at Searching starts from the maximum frequency towards the actual frequency until the correct value is detected Thereafter the output frequency will be increased decreased to the set reference value according to the set acceleration deceleration parameters Use this mode if the motor is coasting when the start command is given With the flying start it is possible to ride through short utility voltage interruptions Stop Function P1 4 7 Coasting 0 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the SVX9000 after the Stop command Ramp 1 After the Stop command the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration Normal stop Ramp Run Enable stop coasting 2 After the Stop command the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters However when Run Enable is selected the motor coasts to a halt without any control from the SVX9000 Normal stop Coasting Run Enable stop ramping 3 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the SVX9000 However when Run Enable signal is selected the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration 8 52 For more information v
279. perates in the frequency control mode Because of the nominal slip of the motor the internal torque calculation is inaccurate at low speeds where is it recommended to use the frequency control mode 637 Speed controller P gain Open 6 P1 6 13 Loop Defines the P gain for the speed controlled in Open Loop control mode 638 Speed controller gain Open 6 P1 6 14 Loop Defines the gain for the speed controlled in Open Loop control mode 639 Torque controller P gain 6 P1 10 9 Defines the P gain of the torque controller 640 Torque controller gain 6 P1 10 10 Defines the gain of the torque controller 641 Torque reference selection 6 P1 10 4 Defines the source for torque reference 0 Not used 1 Analog input 1 2 Analog input 2 3 Analog input 3 4 Analog input 4 5 Analog input 1 joystick 6 Analog input 2 joystick 7 From keypad parameter R2 4 8 Fieldbus 642 Torque reference scaling 6 P1 10 5 maximum value 643 Torque reference scaling 6 P1 10 6 minimum value Scale the custom minimum and maximum levels for analog inputs within 300 0 300 096 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 59 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer 644 700 701 702 703 April 2004 Torque speed limit 6 P1 10 7 With this parameter the maximum frequency fo
280. pes ecc E ER oe ee a ee ee hed eee ee hd aw be eee exu 5 8 Tabl 5 b5 Fault lime Data p pcrs tis ELE eee ARKA KG Bk oe ES Be ae eRe he 5 8 Table 5 6 Total Counters ecco ka eeu eee dee need bias bens AEREE 5 15 Table 5 7 Trip Counters 2 02 50 cece cee ce eee uhr 5 15 Table 5 8 Software Information 00 eee eee eee eee eens 5 16 Table 5 9 Application Information 0 0000 c cece eee eee eens 5 16 Table 5 10 Hardware Information llle 5 16 Table 5 11 Expander Board Information 0000 cece cece eee eee eens 5 17 Table 5 12 Monitoring Menu Items Standard Application Example 5 19 Table 5 13 Operate Menu Items Standard Application Example 5 20 Table A 1 SVX9000 Drive Specifications ees A 2 Table A 2 Output Power Ratings 230V CT 2 A 4 Table A 3 Output Power Ratings 480V CT 2 A 5 Table A 4 Output Power Ratings 575V CT 2 A 5 Table A 5 NEMA Type 1 Type 12 Enclosure Dimensions a A 10 Table A 6 FRA FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit Enclosure Dimensions A 11 Table A 7 FR7 and FR8 with Flange Kit Enclosure Dimensions A 12 Table A 8 FR9 Enclosure Dimensions llle A 13 Table A 9 FR9 with Flange Kit Enclosure Dimensions llle A 14 Table B T Fault Codes is 22 uo eet ANA ns terae Tete faci ua ec apii iade B 1 iv For more information visit
281. plication Manual April 2004 1032 Interlock selection 7 P1 9 23 With this parameter you can activate or deactivate the feedback signal from the drives The interlock feedback signals come from the switches that connect the motors to the automatic control SVX9000 directly to the utility line or place them in the off state The interlock feedback functions are connected to the digital inputs of the SVX9000 Program ID426 to ID430 to connect the feedback functions to the digital inputs Each auxiliary drive must be connected to its own interlock input The Pump and fan control only controls those motors whose interlock input is active 0 Interlock feedback not used The SVX9000 receives no interlock feedback from the auxiliary drives 1 Update of autochange order in Stop The SVX9000 receives interlock feedback from the auxiliary drives In case one of the auxiliary drives is for some reason disconnected from the system and eventually re connected it will be placed last in the autochange line without stopping the system However if the autochange order now becomes for example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 it will be updated in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc Example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 LOCKED gt P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 gt SLEEP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 2 Update of order immediately The SVX9000 receives interlock feedback from the auxiliary drives At re connection of an auxiliary driv
282. point voltage ID605 to 1 4142 ID606 and the midpoint frequency ID604 to ID606 100 ID111 Note In high torque low speed applications it is likely that the motor will overheat If the motor has to run a prolonged time under these conditions special attention must be paid to cooling the motor Use external cooling for the motor if the temperature tends to rise too high MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 3 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer 110 111 112 113 118 119 120 124 126 127 128 129 130 April 2004 Nominal voltage of the motor P1 6 P1 1 6 Find this value Vp on the motor nameplate This parameter sets the voltage at the field weakening point ID603 to 10096 Vnmotor Nominal frequency of the P1 7 P1 1 7 motor Find this value fn on the motor nameplate This parameter sets the field weakening point ID602 to the same value Nominal speed of the motor P1 8 P1 1 8 Find this value np on the motor nameplate Nominal current of the motor P1 9 P1 1 9 Find this value In on the motor nameplate PID controller gain 57 P1 1 16 This parameter defines the gain of the PID controller If the value of the parameter is set to 10096 a change of 1096 in the error value causes the controller outpu
283. port Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Table 8 14 Selectable Wake Up Functions Parameter Value Function Limit Description 0 Wake up happens The limit defined Actual when actual value with parameter Value Signal goes below the limit ID1018 is in percent j MM of the maximum 0079 actual value Par ID1018 30 gt Time Start Stop 1 Wake up happens The limit defined Actual when actual value with parameter Value Signal exceeds the limit ID1018 is in percent jm of the maximum T100 actual value Par ID1018 60 gt Time Start Stop 2 Wake up happens The limit defined Actual when actual value with parameter Value Signal goes below the limit 1D1018 is in percent A ag of the current value 7100 of the reference signal Reference 50 T Par ID1018 6096 Limit 60 Reference 30 gt Time Start Stop 3 Wake up happens The limit defined Actual when actual value with parameter Value Signal exceeds the limit ID1018 is in percent Toss of the current value Ta Moda 14092 of the reference Limit 140 Reference 7096 signal Reference 5096 Time Start Stop MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 75 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700
284. que 96 4 Calculated torque as a percentage of nominal torque V7 6 Motor power 96 5 Calculated motor shaft power V7 7 Motor voltage V 6 Calculated motor voltage V7 8 DC Bus voltage V 7 DC Bus voltage V7 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V7 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V7 11 Analog input 1 V 13 Analog input AI1 V7 12 Analog input 2 mA 14 Analog input AI2 V7 13 DINT DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input status V7 14 DIN4 DIN5 DING 16 Digital input status V7 15 Analog lout mA 26 Analog output AO1 V7 16 Analog input 3 27 Analog input Al3 V7 17 Analog input 4 28 Analog input Al4 7 26 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com ETN Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Table 7 21 Monitoring Menu continued Code Parameter Unit ID Description V7 18 PID reference 96 20 96 of the maximum frequency V7 19 PID actual value 21 Yo of the maximum actual value V7 20 PID error 96 22 96 of the maximum error value V7 21 PID output 96 23 96 of the maximum output value V7 22 Running auxiliary 30 Number of running auxiliary drives drives V7 23 Special display for 29 See P1 9 29 P1 9 30 and P1 9 31 actual value V7 24 PT100temperature C 42 Highest temperature of used inputs needs option board OPTB8 G7
285. r April 2004 Table 2 8 Protections M1 gt G1 7 continued SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 21 Response to 0 3 2 732 See P1 7 3 thermistor fault P1 7 22 Response to 0 3 2 733 See P1 7 3 com fault P1 7 23 Response to slot 0 3 2 734 See P1 7 3 fault Auto Restart Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Table 2 9 Auto Restart Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 s 0 50 717 P1 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 s 30 00 718 P1 8 3 Start mode 0 2 0 719 0 Ramp 1 Flying start per P1 4 6 2 System defined P1 8 4 Number of tries 0 10 0 720 after undervoltage trip P1 8 5 Number of tries 0 10 0 721 after overvoltage trip P1 8 6 Number of tries 0 3 0 722 after overcurrent trip P1 8 7 Number of tries 0 10 0 723 after 4 mA trip P1 8 8 Number of tries 0 10 0 726 after motor temperature fault trip P1 8 9 Number of tries 0 10 0 725 after external fault trip P1 8 10 Number of tries 0 10 1 738 after underload fault trip MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 2 9 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 K
286. r are set ID602 and ID603 are automatically set to the corresponding values If you need different values for the field weakening point and the maximum output voltage change these parameters after setting ID110 and ID111 604 V Hz curve middle point 234567 P1 6 6 frequency If the programmable V Hz curve has been selected with ID108 this parameter defines the middle point frequency of the curve See Figure 8 2 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 57 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 605 V Hz curve middle point 234567 P1 6 7 voltage If the programmable V Hz curve has been selected with the ID108 this parameter defines the middle point voltage of the curve See Figure 8 2 606 Output voltage at zero 234567 P1 6 8 frequency If the programmable V Hz curve has been selected with the ID108 this parameter defines the zero frequency voltage of the curve See Figure 8 2 607 Overvoltage controller 234567 P1 6 10 This parameter and ID608 allows the overvoltage undervoltage controller to be switched out of operation This may be useful for example if the utility supply voltage varies more than 15 to 10 and the application will not tolerate the overvoltage undervoltage When on this controller adjusts the output frequency
287. r groups The parameter descriptions are given by ID number in Chapter 8 SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default z Cust ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory User s customized setting ID number of the parameter for reference to Chapter 8 Parameter value can only be changed when the SVX9000 is stopped Programmed using terminal to function TTF method See Page 6 3 Basic Parameters M1 G1 1 Table 3 2 Basic Parameters M1 G1 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 P1 1 2 Max frequency P1 1 1 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 NOTE If fmax gt the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P1 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 103 P1 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 104 P1 1 5 Current limit 0 4xlu 2xlu JA IL 107 ly is the nominal current rating of the SVX9000 P1 1 69 Nominal voltage of 180 690 V SVX 2 110 Motor nameplate value the motor 230V SVX 4 460V P1 1 79 Nominal frequency 30 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 111 Motor nameplate value of the motor P1 1 89 Nominal speed
288. r of the unit 15 8 5 2 Nominal voltage of the unit E5 8 5 3 Brake chopper E5 8 5 4 Brake resistor 5 16 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 S5 8 6 Expander EXPANDER BOARDS Board This parameter and its sub items provide information about the basic and option Information boards plugged into the control board as shown in Table 5 11 Note that the x in the table refers to the sequential number of the slot with slot A being 1 and slot E being 5 Table 5 11 Expander Board Information Number Content E5 8 6 x Slot x board identification E5 8 6 x 1 Operating state E5 8 6 x 2 Software version S5 8 7 Debug Menu DEBUG This menu is meant for advanced users and application designers Contact the factory for any assistance needed MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 17 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Expander Board Menu M6 The Expander Board Menu makes it possible for the user to e to see what expander boards ar
289. r the functionality of the SVX9000 They are only needed for compliance with the EU EMC directive as detailed in the following section MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com A 1 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Power Brake Resistor Module 1 p VC eee Brake Ch l sok l IGBT Utility AC Choke Rectifier Inverter Current Motor 1 PAS 3 Sensors pa L1 Input PER o U Output L2 V L3 EMC INNN D 4 K wl EMC EL J Charg Res 3 J NG Fan Power Measure 1 fl Supply ments l PE Voltage Gat Sensors ate Drivers l Control Keypad Motor and Motor Applicationj Control RS 232 Control ASIC l Control Module z 7 amd mi r Control Control Control Control Control I 1 0 1 0 NO VO O e e e ee e e e e e e e e e e e ceee cl ieTererere eTe
290. r the torque control can be selected 0 Maximum frequency ID102 1 Selected frequency reference 2 Preset speed 7 ID130 Response to the 4 mA reference 234567 P1 7 1 fault 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Warning the frequency from 10 seconds back is set as reference 3 Warning the Preset Frequency ID728 is set as reference 4 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 5 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting A warning or a fault action and message is generated if the 4 20 mA reference signal is used and the signal falls below 3 5 mA for 5 seconds or below 0 5 mA for 0 5 seconds The information can also be programmed into digital output DO1 or relay outputs RO1 and RO2 Response to external fault 234567 P1 7 3 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting A warning or a fault action and message is generated from the external fault signal applied to programmable digital input DIN3 The information can also be programmed into digital output DO1 or relay outputs RO1 and RO2 Output phase supervision 234567 P1 7 6 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Output phase supervision of the motor ensures that the motor phases have approximately equal currents Earth fault protection 234567 P1 7 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault
291. rameter defines the joystick hysteresis between 0 and 20 When the joystick or potentiometer control is turned from reverse to forward the output frequency falls linearly to the selected minimum frequency joystick potentiometer in middle position and stays there until the joystick potentiometer is turned towards the forward command How much the joystick potentiometer must be turned to start the increase of the frequency towards the selected maximum frequency is dependent on the amount of joystick hysteresis defined with this parameter If the value of this parameter is 0 the frequency starts to increase linearly immediately when the joystick potentiometer is turned towards the forward command from the middle position When the control is changed from forward to reverse the frequency follows the same pattern the other way round See Figure 8 34 Frequency Reference si REVERSE FORWARD 50 50 Reference Scaling Max ID304 70 Hz From Reverse to Forward Max Freq ID102 50 Hz From Forward to Reverse Analog Input V mA 0 10V 20 mA Min Freq ID101 Ref Scaling Min ina ID303 0 Hz Par ID321 j Par ID322 20 Joystick Hysteresis 90 ID384 20 Figure 8 34 An Example of Joystick Hysteresis In this example the value of ID385 Sleep limit 0 8 38 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD To
292. rameters provide the possibility to set two different acceleration deceleration time sets for one application The active set can be selected with the programmable signal DIN3 ID301 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 51 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 504 Brake chopper 234567 P1 4 5 0 No brake chopper used 1 Brake chopper in use and tested when running Can be tested also in READY state 2 External brake chopper no testing 3 Used and tested in READY state and when running 4 Used when running no testing 505 506 When the SVX9000 is decelerating the motor the energy stored in the inertia of the motor and the load is fed into an external brake resistor This enables the SVX9000 to decelerate the load with a torque equal to that of acceleration provided that the correct brake resistor has been selected See the separate Brake resistor installation Manual Start Function P1 4 6 Ramp 0 The SVX9000 starts from 0 Hz and accelerates to the set reference frequency within the set acceleration time Load inertia or starting friction may cause prolonged acceleration times Flying start 1 The SV9000 is able to start into a running motor by applying a small torque to motor and searching for the frequency corresponding to the s
293. rameters push the ENTER button Pushing any other button saves the parameters of the previously used application in the keypad System Menu Copy Parameter Options S5 3 The parameter copy function is used when the operator wants to copy one or all parameter groups from one drive to another All the parameter groups are first uploaded to the keypad then the keypad is connected to another drive and then the parameter groups are downloaded to it or possibly back to the same drive Note Before any parameters can successfully be copied from one drive to another the drive must be stopped when the parameters are downloaded to it S5 3 1 Parameter PARAMETER SETS Sets This parameter allows you to reload the factory default parameter values and to store and load two customized parameter sets S5 3 2 Uploadto UP TO KEYPAD Keypad This function uploads all existing parameter groups to the keypad S5 3 3 Range 0 3 Default 0 All parameters Download aqui FROM KEYPAD from Keypad This function downloads one or all parameter groups from the keypad to the drive O All parameters 1 All no motor 2 Application parameters S5 3 4 Range Yes No Default Yes Automatic U7 BACKUP Backup This parameter activates and deactivates the parameter backup function When the Parameter backup function is activated the keypad makes a copy of the parameters and settings in the currently active application When applications are changed you will be asked if you wish t
294. rd I l l l Time Changes by motor size and adjusted with parameter ID707 Figure 8 48 Motor Thermal Protection The motor thermal time is specific to the motor design and it varies between different motor manufacturers If the motor s t6 time t6 is the time in seconds the motor can safely operate at six times the rated current is known from the motor manufacturer the time constant parameter can be set based on it As a rule of thumb the motor thermal time constant in minutes is equal to 2xt6 If the SVX9000 is in stop stage the time constant is internally increased to three times the set parameter value The cooling in the stop stage is based on convection only so the time constant is increased See Figure 8 48 Motor thermal protection 234567 P1 7 12 Motor duty cycle Defines how much of the nominal motor load is applied The value can be set to 096 10096 See Page A 3 Stall protection 234567 P1 7 13 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Setting the parameter to 0 will deactivate the protection and reset the stall time counter See Page A 3 8 62 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual
295. re 0 10 Motor temperature Calculated motor temperature 0 11 96 Motor torque reference setting R1 Keypad reference Hz Keypad frequency reference setting 6 24 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 eect Chapter 7 Pump and Fan Control Application Introduction The Pump and Fan Control Application of the Cutler Hammer SVX9000 drive by Eaton Electrical can be used to control one main adjustable speed drive SVX9000 and up to four auxiliary fixed speed starter contactor drives The PID controller of the main drive adjusts its speed and provides control signals to start and stop the auxiliary drives to control the total flow In addition to the eight parameter groups provided as standard a parameter group for multi pump and fan control functions is available The application has two control places on the I O terminals Place A is the pump and fan control and place B is the direct frequency reference The control place is selected with input DIN6 As its name implies the Pump and Fan Control Application is used to control the operation of pumps and fans It can be used for example to decrease the delivery pressure in booster stations if the measured input pressure falls below a l
296. re information visit www eatonelectrical com 3 15 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Checking the Cable and Motor Insulation 1 Check the motor cable insulation as follows e Disconnect the motor cable from terminals U V and W of the SVX9000 and from the motor e Measure the insulation resistance of the motor cable between each phase conductor as well as between each phase conductor and the protective ground conductor e The insulation resistance must be 51 MQ 2 Checkthe input power cable insulation as follows e Disconnect the input power cable from terminals L1 L2 and L3 of the SVX9000 and from the utility line feeder e Measure the insulation resistance of the input power cable between each phase conductor as well as between each phase conductor and the protective ground conductor e The insulation resistance must be 51 MQ 3 Check the motor insulation as follows e Disconnect the motor cable from the motor and open any bridging connections in the motor connection box e Measure the insulation resistance of each motor winding The measurement voltage must equal at least the motor nominal voltage but not exceed 1000V e The insulation resistance must be 51 MQ 3 16 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Co
297. rent 0 4 20 mA RL max 500 or Voltage 0 10V RL 51 kQ Selection with jumper block X6 Figure 4 3 19 A01 Analog output common Maximum Vin 48V DC Galvanically connected to terminals 7 13 20 DO1 Digital output1 Open collector Maximum current 50 mA 4 4 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 X2 Jumper Setting Analog Input 2 A12 X1 Jumper Setting ABCD 0 to 20 mA Analog Input 1 AI1 Current Input ejo o Oto10V eee Oto 10v ABCD Voltage Input e 335 Voltage Input MUHI 0to20mA ABCD 0 to 10V ABCD X6 Jumper Setting Current Input 8 8 55 Differential e e ee Analog Output 1 A01 Oto 10V Voltage Input ABCD Differential ee ee 10 to 10V ABCD ba 20 Ha ABCD Voltage Input T Voltage Input 21812 urrent Output elo o ABCD 10 to 10V ABCD 0 to 10V ABC Voltage Input e e ele Voltage Output HEHI ABCD ABCD ABCD LL I ecco eeee soso soso soso X1 X2 X6 X3 Jumper Setting CMA and CMB Grou
298. ries 0 3 0 722 after overcurrent trip P1 8 7 Number of tries 0 10 0 723 after 4 mA trip P1 8 8 Number of tries 0 10 0 726 after motor temp fault trip P1 8 9 Number of tries 0 10 0 725 after external fault trip P1 8 10 Number of tries 0 10 1 738 after underload fault trip 3 12 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Keypad Control Parameters M2 This menu provides the parameters for the setting of the keypad frequency reference the selection of motor direction when in keypad operation and when the STOP button is active Table 3 10 Keypad Control Parameters M2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note R2 1 Keypad reference P1 1 1 P1 1 2 Hz P2 2 Keypad direction 0 1 0 123 0 Forward 1 Reverse P2 3 Stop button active 0 1 1 114 0 Stop enabled only in keypad operation 1 Stop button always enabled Menus M3 to M6 Menus M3 to M6 provide information on the Active Faults Fault History System Menu settings and the Expander Board setup These menu items are explained in detail in Chapter 5 of the SVX9000 User Manual Monitoring Menu M7 The monitored items are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as th
299. rly grounded Wear safety glasses whenever working on electronic controllers or rotating machinery MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com vii For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Warnings Cautions and Notices Read this manual thoroughly and make sure you understand the procedures before you attempt to install set up or operate this Cutler Hammer SVX9000 Adjustable Frequency Drive from Eaton Electrical Warnings A WARNING Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one output to avoid function overruns and to ensure flawless operation Cautions 4x CAUTION The calculated model does not protect the motor if the airflow to the motor is reduced by a cooling fan failure or a blocked air intake grill Notices Notice The inputs unlike the outputs cannot be changed in RUN state viii For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Sa Chapter 1 Basic Application Introduction The Basic Application of the Cutler Hammer SVX9000 drive by Eaton Electrical is the easiest to use because
300. rmation visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 326 Analog input AI2 custom 34567 P1 2 11 P1 2 20 P1 2 3 4 setting min 327 Analoginput AI2 custom 34567 P1 2 12 P1 2 21 P1 2 3 5 setting max These parameters set AI2 for any input signal span within O 10096 in Applications 3 4 and 6 and within 0 160 in Applications 5 and 7 328 Analog input Al2 inversion 3457 P1 2 13 P1 2 22 P1 2 3 6 See ID323 Note In Application 3 Al2 is the place A frequency reference if ID174 1 default 329 Analog input AI2 lin filter time 34567 P1 2 14 P1 2 23 P1 2 3 2 See ID324 330 DIN5 function 5 P1 2 3 The digital input DIN5 has 14 possible functions If it is not used set the value to 0 The selections are the same as in parameter ID319 except 13 Enable PID reference 2 Contact open PID controller reference selected with parameter ID332 Contact closed PID controller keypad reference 2 selected 331 Motor potentiometer ramp 3567 P1 2 24 P1 2 22 P1 2 1 2 P1 2 1 12 time Defines the speed of change of the motor potentiometer value 332 PID controller reference signal 57 P1 1 15 Place A Defines which frequency reference place is selected for the PID controller Table 8 11 Select
301. rogrammable V Hz curve and switching frequency e Auto restart e Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault e Motor underload protection e Input and output phase supervision e Sum point frequency addition to PID output e The PID controller can additionally be used from control places I O B the keypad and the fieldbus e Easy Change Over function e Sleep function Details of the parameters shown in this section are available in Chapter 8 of this Manual listed by parameter ID number MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 1 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer Control Input Output April 2004 Table 5 1 PID Control Application Default I O Configuration Terminal Signal Description OPTA9 1 10V er Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al1 Analog input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference 0 10V DC 3 Al1 I O Ground Ground for reference and controls Actual value 44A Al2 Analog input current range Current input frequency reference ii 5 Al2 0 20 mA 0 4 20 mA 6 24V e Control voltage
302. ropriate value The value is formed from the Board slot on the SVX9000 control board see the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 4 and the respective signal number as shown in Figure 6 1 Function Name o P2 3 3 1 CD Al Ref Faul Warn DigOUT B 1 gt Terminal Type Slot Terminal Number Figure 6 1 Defining Input Output Function Example You want to connect the digital output function Reference fault warning P1 3 3 7 to the digital output DO1 on the basic board OPTA1 see the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 4 First find the P1 3 3 7 on the keypad Press the Menu button right once to enter the edit mode On the value line you will see the terminal type on the left DigIN DigOUT An IN An OUT and on the right the present input output the function is connected to B 3 A 2 etc or if not connected a value 0 While the value is blinking hold down the Browser button up or down to find the desired board slot and signal number The program will scroll the board slots starting from 0 and proceeding from A to E and the I O selection from 1 to 10 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 6 3 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Once you have set the desired value press the Enter button once to confirm the change Go
303. rque Control Parameters M1 3 G1 10 000 cece eens 6 21 Table 6 24 Keypad Control Parameters M2 a 6 22 Table 6 25 Monitoring MENU css rg EWAN ALAT RAK eres eee RERE eee rads 6 23 Table 6 26 Operate Menu Items llle 6 24 Table 7 1 Pump and Fan Control Application Default I O Configuration 7 2 Table 7 2 Basic Parameters M13 G1 1 0 n 7 10 Table 7 3 Basic Input Settings M13 G1 2 1 llle eere 7 12 Table 7 4 Analog Input 1 M12 G1 2 2 llle 7 13 Table 7 5 Analog Input 2 M1 gt G1 23 lese eee 7 13 Table 7 6 Analog Input 3 M1 gt G1 2 4 llle 7 14 Table 7 7 Analog Input4 M1 G1 2 b teens 7 14 Table 7 8 Digital Inputs M1 G1 2 6 e 7 15 Table 7 9 Digital Output Signals M12 G1 3 1 ees 7 16 Table 7 10 Limit Settings M12 G1 3 2 eel ees 7 17 Table 7 11 Analog Output 1 M1 gt G1 33J eee 7 18 Table 7 12 Analog Output 2 M13 G1 34 2 elles 7 19 Table 7 13 Analog Output 3 M1 gt G1 3 5 leere 7 19 Table 7 14 Drive Control Parameters M13 G1 4 eee ee eee 7 20 Table 7 15 Prohibit Frequencies M1 3 G1 5 leere 7 21 Table 7 16 Motor Control Parameters M12 G1 6 llle 7 21 Table 7 17 Protections M13 G1 7 eee eens 7 22 Table 7 18 Auto Restart Parameters M1 gt G1 8 leere 7 2
304. rs M2 This menu provides the parameters for the setting of the keypad frequency reference the selection of motor direction when in keypad operation and when the STOP button is active Table 7 20 Keypad Control Parameters M2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note R2 1 Keypad reference P1 1 1 P1 1 2 Hz P2 2 Keypad direction 0 1 0 123 0 Forward 1 Reverse P2 3 PID reference 0 00 100 00 0 00 P2 4 PID reference 2 0 00 100 00 0 00 P2 5 Stop button active 0 1 1 114 0 Stop enabled only in keypad operation 1 Stop button always enabled Menus M3 to M6 Menus M3 to M6 provide information on the Active Faults Fault History System Menu settings and the Expander Board setup These menu items are explained in detail in Chapter 5 of the SVX9000 User Manual Monitoring Menu M7 The monitored items are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as the status and measurements of other elements Monitored items cannot be edited See the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 5 Menu information item M7 for more information Table 7 21 Monitoring Menu Code Parameter Unit ID Description V7 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V7 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency V7 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Calculated motor speed in rpm V7 4 Motor current A 3 Motor current V7 5 Motor tor
305. rt Reverse a 8 34 Figure 8 31 Place B Start Stop Reverse eene 8 34 Figure 8 32 Place B Start Pulse Stop Pulse eese 8 35 Figure 8 33 PID Sum Point Reference llle 8 37 Figure 8 34 An Example of Joystick Hysteresis 0 00 ccc eee eee eee ees 8 38 Figure 8 35 Example of Sleep Limit Function llle 8 39 Figure 8 36 Joystick Hysteresis with Minimum Frequency at 35 Hz 8 40 Figure 8 37 Scaling of DC Braking Current cece eee eens 8 41 Figure 8 38 Reducing Acceleration and Deceleration Times 8 42 Figure 8 39 Reducing Torque Supervision Limit 0 000 c eee eee eee 8 42 Figure 8 40 Digital Outputs 1 and 2 On and Off Delays cen ee eee 8 49 Figure 8 41 An Example of Adjust Input 0 000 annaran eee eens 8 50 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com iii For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 List of Figures continued Figure 8 42 Acceleration Deceleration S shaped Aa eee 8 51 Figure 8 43 DC Braking Time when Stop Mode Coasting 8 53 Figure 8 44 DC Braking Time when Stop Mode Ramp aan 8 54 Figure 8 45 Example of Prohibit Frequency Are
306. rvision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 11 Output 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 316 frequency limit 1 Supervision value P1 3 12 Output 0 2 0 346 0 No limit frequency limit 2 1 Low limit supervision supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 13 Output 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 347 frequency limit 2 Supervision value P1 3 14 Torque limit 0 2 0 348 0 No supervision 1 Low limit function 2 High limit P1 3 15 Torque limit 0 0 200 0 96 0 0 349 supervision value P1 3 16 Reference limit 0 2 0 350 0 2No supervision 1 Low limit function 2 High limit P1 3 17 Reference limit 0 0 100 0 0 0 351 supervision value MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 3 7 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Table 3 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 continued E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 18 External brake 0 0 100 0 s 0 5 352 Off delay P1 3 19 External brake 0 0 100 0 s 1 5 353 On delay P1 3 20 Temperature 0 2 0 354 0 No limit supervision 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 21 Temperature 10 75 C 0 355 Supv limit value P1 3 22 Analog output 2 AnOUT 0 1 AnOUT E 10 AnOUT A 1 471 TTF programming method signal selectio
307. s i Figure 8 4 PID Output Curve with the Values of Example 2 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com ETN Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Example 3 Given values P1 1 16 P 100 P1 1 17 I time 0 00 s P1 1 18 D time 1 00 s Min freq O Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 s Max freq 60 Hz As the error value increases also the PID output increases according to the set values D time 1 00s HzA PID Output ao o AE Error Value 7 D part 10 6 00 Hz A 4 XE GATES 4 N D part 10 6 00 Hz a N bh y b v amp 4 NG A wy RGA y y NG 4 N N d P part 10096 PID error 6 000 Hz s b N a NON g o i L 10 b x lut Na ag 1 00s t Figure 8 5 PID Output Curve with the Values of Example 3 133 Preset speed 8 4 P1 1 23 134 Preset speed 9 4 P1 1 24 135 Preset speed 10 4 P1 1 25 136 Preset speed 11 4 P1 1 26 137 Preset speed 12 4 P1 1 27 138 Preset speed 13 4 P1 1 28 139 Preset speed 14 4 P1 1 29 140 Preset speed 15 4 P1 1 30 Table 8 3 Multi Step Speed Selections with Digital Inputs DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DING Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Speed select 1 D
308. sabled and drive stopped if running Application 3 8 DIN 1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact reference increases motor potentiometer reference this parameter is automatically set to 4 if ID174 is set to 3 or 4 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 13 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 301 DIN3 function 12345 P1 19 P1 2 2 0 Not used 1 External fault closing contact Fault is shown and motor is stopped when the input is active 2 External fault opening contact Fault is shown and motor is stopped when the input is not active 3 Run enable contact open Motor start disabled and the motor is stopped contact closed Motor start enabled Application 1 4 Run enable contact open Motor start enabled contact closed Motor start disabled and the motor is stopped Applications 2 to 5 4 Acc Dec time select contact open Acceleration deceleration time 1 selected contact closed Acceleration deceleration time 2 selected 5 Closing contact Force control place to I O terminal 6 Closing contact Force control place to keypad 7 Closing contact Force control place to fieldbus When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop Direction and Reference va
309. se when the keypad is the active control place For more information see the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 5 Keypad Control Menu M2 R2 1 Keypad reference R2 1 The frequency reference can be adjusted from the keypad with this parameter The output frequency can be copied as the keypad reference by pushing the STOP button for 3 seconds when you are on any of the pages of menu M2 For more information see the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 5 Keypad Control Menu M2 R2 3 PID reference 1 57 R2 3 The PID controller keypad reference can be set between 096 and 10096 This reference value is the active PID reference if ID332 2 R2 3 PID reference 2 57 R2 4 8 82 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Ee Appendix A Additional Information In this section you will find additional information on special parameter groups Such groups are e Parameters of External Brake Control with Additional Limits see below e Parameters of Motor Thermal Protection see Page A 3 e Parameters of Stall Protection see Page A 3 e Parameters of Underload Protection see Page A 4 e Fieldbus Control Parameters see Page A 4 External Brake Control with Additional Limits IDs 315 316 346 to 349 352 353
310. set supervision low limit high limit see ID315 and ID316 Output frequency limit 2 67 P1 3 3 17 P1 3 1 17 supervision The output frequency is outside the set supervision low limit high limit see ID346 and ID347 Reference limit supervision 67 P1 3 3 18 P1 3 1 18 Active reference is beyond the set supervision low limit high limit see ID350 and ID351 Temperature limit supervision 67 P1 3 3 19 P1 3 1 19 The SVX9000 heatsink temperature is beyond the set supervision limits see ID354 and ID355 Torque limit supervision 67 P1 3 3 20 P1 3 1 20 The motor torque is beyond the set supervision limits see parameters ID348 and ID349 8 46 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 452 Motor thermal protection 67 P1 3 3 21 P1 3 1 21 Motor thermistor initiates an overtemperature signal which can be tied to a digital output Note This parameter will not work unless you have an OPTA3 or OPTB2 thermistor relay option board connected 454 Motor regulator activation 67 P1 3 3 23 P1 3 1 23 Overvoltage or overcurrent regulator has been activated 4559 Fieldbus input data 1 67 P1 3 3 24 P1 3 1 24 FBFixedControlWord bit 3 4569 Fieldbus input data 2 67 P1 3 3 25 P 3 1 25 FB
311. splayed cc 9 close P1 2 6 5 External fault DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 2 406 Ext fault displayed oc 9 open P1 2 6 6 Run enable DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 407 Motor start enabled cc P1 2 6 7 Acc Dec time DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 408 Acc Dec time 1 oc 9 selection Acc Dec time 2 cc 9 P1 2 6 82 Control from DiglN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 410 Force control place to keypad keypad Force cc Local P1 2 6 9 Control from I O DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 409 Force control place to I O terminal Force terminal cc 9 Remote P1 2 6 10 Reverse DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 412 Direction forward oc Direction reverse cc P1 2 6 11 Jog speed DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 5 413 Jog speed selected for frequency reference cc P1 2 6 12 Fault reset DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 414 All faults reset cc 9 P1 2 6 13 Acc Dec prohibit DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DiglN 0 1 415 Acc Dec prohibited cc 9 P1 2 6 14 DC braking DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 416 DC braking active cc 9 P1 2 6 15 Motor DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 417 Motor potentiometer potentiometer reference decreases cc reference DOWN P1 2 6 16 Motor DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 418 Motor potentiometer potentiometer reference increases cc reference UP P1 2 6 17 Autochange 1 DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 2 426 Activated if cc Interlock P1 2 6 18 Autochange 2 DigIN
312. ss H SVX9000 drives have been designed to fulfill the requirements of the product standard EN 61800 3 A11 for the 1st environment restricted distribution and the 2nd environment The emission levels correspond to the requirements of EN 61000 6 4 SVX9000 series drives fulfill all applicable EMC immunity requirements standards EN 61000 6 1 EN 61000 6 2 and EN 61800 3 A11 Declaration of Conformity The Manufacturer s Declarations of Conformity assuring the compliance of the SVX9000 drives with the European Community EC EMC directives is available upon request MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com A 15 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Warranty and Liability Information Eaton Electrical Inc warrants the product delivered in the Cutler Hammer shipping package to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for twenty four 24 months from date of manufacturing Products that fail during this period will be repaired or replaced at Eaton s discretion with the same or a functionally equivalent product provided the original purchaser A returns the failed product and B provides proof of original date of purchase This warranty does not apply in the judgment of Eaton to damage caused during shipment handli
313. st be over the set limit if used and 3 the output frequency must be over the set limit if used Brake on The Stop command activates the brake delay count and the brake is closed when the output frequency falls below the set limit ID315 or ID346 As a precaution at the latest the brake closes when the brake on delay expires Note A fault or Stop state will close the brake immediately without a delay See Figure A 2 Note It is strongly advisable that the brake on delay be set longer than the ramp time in order to avoid damaging of the brake No brake off control 0 2 ID346 Brake off ctrl 2 limits 3 Brake on ctrl 1 limit 4 Brake Off TRUE PL2 Control Output Frequency 2 ID347 7 3 4 No brake off control 0 2 Off 1D348 Brake off control 3 And peny torque limit TRUE Teese Motor Torque 2 ID349 3 4 L Brake Off Brake On Run State Not On No Run Request Delay Count Reversing Or No Run Request No brake on contro 0 2 Or ID315 3 And Brake on ctrl 2 limits 3 Brake On o Control r No brake on contro 0 3 ID346 4 ES Brake on off ctrl 1 limit 4 1 0 3 ID316 Output ID347 7 4 Frequency Fault Figure A 2 Bra
314. t User s customized setting ID D number of the parameter for reference to Chapter 8 Parameter value can only be changed when the SVX9000 is stopped Programmed using terminal to function TTF method See Page 6 3 Basic Parameters M1 G1 1 Table 2 2 Basic Parameters M1 G1 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 P1 1 2 Max frequency P1 1 1 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 NOTE If fmax gt the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P1 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 103 P1 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 104 P1 1 5 Current limit 0 4xlu 2xlu JA IL 107 ly is the nominal current rating of the SVX9000 P1 1 69 Nominal voltage of 180 690 V SVX 2 110 Motor nameplate value the motor 230V SVX 4 460V P1 1 79 Nominal frequency 30 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 111 Motor nameplate value of the motor P1 1 86 Nominal speed of 300 20 000 rpm 1720 112 Motor nameplate value The the motor default applies for a 4 pole motor and a nominal size SVX9000 P1 1 9 Nominal current of 0 4xly 2xly JA lu 113 Motor nameplate value the motor P1 1 109 Power factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Motor nameplate value P1 1 11 Local Control 1 3 2 171 1 1 0 Terminal Place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 2 3
315. t gt lt RUN RUN STOP STOP Figure 8 43 DC Braking Time when Stop Mode Coasting MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 53 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Par ID506 1 Stop function z Ramp After the Stop command the speed of the motor is reduced according to the set deceleration parameters as fast as possible to the speed defined with parameter ID515 where the DC braking starts The braking time is defined with parameter ID508 If high inertia exists it is recommended to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration See Figure 8 44 Par ID515 t gt t Par ID508 RUN STOP Figure 8 44 DC Braking Time when Stop Mode Ramp 8 54 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 509 Prohibit frequency area 1 234567 P1 5 1 Low limit 510 Prohibit frequency area 1 234567 P1 5 2 High limit 511 Prohibit frequency area 2 34567 P1 5 3 Low limit 512 Prohibit frequency
316. t ID Note P1 3 8 Relay output 1 0 23 2 313 See P1 3 7 function P1 3 9 Relay output 2 0 23 3 314 See P1 3 7 function P1 3 10 Output 0 2 0 315 0 No limit frequency limit 1 1 Low limit supervision supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 11 Output 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 316 frequency limit 1 Supervision value P1 3 12 Output 0 2 0 346 0 No limit frequency limit 2 1 Low limit supervision supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 13 Output 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 347 frequency limit 2 Supervision value P1 3 14 Torque limit 0 2 0 348 0 No supervision 1 Low limit function 2 High limit P1 3 15 Torque limit 0 0 300 0 96 100 0 349 supervision value P1 3 16 Reference limit O 2 0 350 0 2No supervision 1 Low limit function 2 High limit P1 3 17 Reference limit 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 351 supervision value P1 3 18 External brake 0 0 100 0 S 0 5 352 Off delay P1 3 19 External brake 0 0 100 0 S 1 5 353 On delay P1 3 20 Temperature 0 2 0 354 0 2No limit supervision 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 21 Temperature 10 75 2C 40 355 limit value P1 3 22 Analog output 2 AnOUT 0 1 AnOUT E 10 AnOUT 0 1 471 TTF programming method signal selection used See Page 6 3 P1 3 23 Analog output 2 0 14 4 472 See P1 3 2 function P1 3 24 Analog output 2 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 473 0 00 No filtering filter time P1 3 25 Analog output 2 0 1 0 474 0 z Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 26 Analog output 2
317. t O 1000V P1 3 3 Analog output 308 0 00 No filtering filter time P1 3 4 Analog output 309 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 5 Analog output 310 0 0MA minimum 1 4MA P1 3 6 Analog output 311 100 No scaling scale 3 6 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 3 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 continued SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 7 Digital output 1 O 22 1 312 0 Not used function 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 Overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Jog speed selected 11 At speed 12 Motor regulator active 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit superv 17 Ext brake control 18 Remote control active 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested rotation direction 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Thermistor fault warn P1 3 8 Relay output 1 0 22 2 313 See P1 3 7 function P1 3 9 Relay output 2 0 22 3 314 See P1 3 7 function P1 3 10 Output 0 2 0 315 0 No limit frequency limit 1 1 Low limit supervision supe
318. t Stop Rev Fwd 2 Start Stop Run enable 3 Start pulse Stop pulse 4 Start fwd Mot pot UP 5 Fwd Rev 6 Start Stop Rev Fwd 7 Start Stop Run enable 8 Start fwd 9 Mot pot UP P1 2 2 DIN3 function 0 12 1 301 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 Ext fault opening contact 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time select 5 Force control pt to Local 6 Force control pt to Remote 7 Rev if P1 2 1 3 8 Jog speed select 9 Fault reset 10 Acc Dec operation prohibit 11 DC Braking command 12 Motor potentiometer DOWN P1 2 3 Al1 signal AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN A 1 377 TTF programming method used selection See Page 6 3 Rising edge pulse required 3 4 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 3 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 24 Al1 signal range 0 2 0 320 0 20 10096 1 20 100 2 Custom setting range 9 P1 2 5 Al1 custom 0 00 Analog input 1 scale minimum setting minimum P1 2 6 Al1 custom 0 00 Analog input 1 scale maximum setting maximum P1 2 7 Al1 signal 0 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inver
319. t inverted 1 Inverted Place jumpers of block X2 appropriately Table 6 8 Free Analog Input M1 gt G1 2 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 6 1 Scaling of current 0 5 0 399 0 Not used limit 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus P1 2 6 2 Scaling of DC 0 5 0 400 See P1 2 6 1 braking current P1 2 6 3 Reducing of acc 0 5 0 401 See P1 2 6 1 dec times P1 2 6 4 Reducing of torque 0 5 0 402 See P1 2 6 1 supervision limit P1 2 6 5 Torque limit 0 5 0 485 See P1 2 6 1 6 10 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Table 6 9 Digital Inputs M1 3 G1 2 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 7 1 Start signal 1 DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 1 403 P1 2 7 2 Start signal 2 DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 2 404 P1 2 7 3 Run enable DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 2 407 Motor start enabled cc 9 P1 2 7 4 Reverse DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 412 Forward oc 9 Reverse cc 9 P1 2 7 5 Preset speed 1 DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 419 P1 2 7 6 Preset speed 2 DigIN 01 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 420 P1 2 7 7 Preset speed 3 DiglN 01
320. t setup parameter is presented the following text is displayed Repeat setup Press If the left arrow is pressed the Start Up Wizard restarts If the ENTER button is pressed the following is displayed Setup done After this the display returns to the default page normally the Operate Menu MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 21 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 5 22 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 Ss Chapter 6 Start Up Safety Precautions Before start up observe the warnings and safety instructions provided throughout this manual A WARNING 1 Internal components and circuit boards except the isolated I O terminals are at utility potential when the SVX9000 is connected to the line This voltage is extremely dangerous and may cause death or severe injury if you come in contact with it 2 When the SVX9000 is connected to the utility the motor connections U T1 V T2 W T3 and DC bus brake resistor connections B B and R are live even if the motor is not running 3
321. t to change by 1096 If the parameter value is set to 0 the PID controller operates as ID controller See the examples in ID132 PID controller I time 57 P1 1 17 This parameter defines the integration time of the PID controller If this parameter is set to 1 00 second a change of 1096 in the error value causes the controller output to change by 10 00 s If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PID controller will operate as PD controller See the examples on in ID132 Motor Power Factor P1 10 P1 1 10 Find this value Power Factor on the motor nameplate Jog speed reference 34567 P1 1 15 P1 1 16 P1 1 23 Defines the jog speed selected with the DIN3 digital input when it is programmed for Jog speed See parameter ID301 This parameter s value is automatically limited between minimum and maximum frequency ID101 and ID102 Preset speed 3 46 P1 1 18 Preset speed 4 46 P1 1 19 Preset speed 5 46 P1 1 20 Preset speed 6 46 P1 1 21 Preset speed 7 46 P1 1 22 These parameter values define the Multi step speeds selected with the DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DING digital inputs See also ID105 and ID106 These parameter values are automatically limited between minimum and maximum frequency ID101 and ID102 8 4 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler
322. take place e Ifthe value of P1 9 28 is 0 0 Hz the autochange can take place only in the rest position Stop and Sleep regardless of the value of P1 9 27 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 7 5 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Interlock Selection P1 9 23 This parameter is used to activate the interlock inputs The interlocking signals come from the motor contactors The signals functions are connected to digital inputs which are programmed as interlock inputs using the corresponding parameters The pump and fan control automatics only control the motors with active interlock data e The interlock data can be used even when the autochange function is not activated e If the interlock of an auxiliary drive is deactivated and another unused auxiliary drive is available the latter will be used without stopping the SVX9000 e If the interlock of the SVX9000 is deactivated all the motors will be stopped and restarted with the new setup e If the interlock is re activated in the Run state the automatics functions according to P1 9 23 Interlock selection 0 Not used 1 Update in stop Interlocks are used The new fixed speed drive will be placed last in the autochange line without stopping the system However if the autochange order now becom
323. ted P1 2 8 AI1 signal filter 0 00 0 10 0 00 No filtering time P1 2 9 Al2 signal AnIN 0 1 AnIN A 2 TTF programming method used selection See Page 6 3 P1 2 10 AI2 signal range 0 0 0 20mA 1 4 20mA 2 custom setting range P1 2 11 Al2 custom 0 00 Analog input 2 scale minimum setting minimum P1 2 12 Al2 custom 0 00 Analog input 2 scale maximum setting maximum P1 2 13 Al2 signal 0 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 2 14 Al2 signal filter 0 00 329 0 00 No filtering time P1 2 15 Place B Start 0 363 DIN4 DIN5 ka n logic 0 Start fwd Start rev selection 1 Start Stop Rev Fwd 2 Start Stop Run enable 3 Start pulse Stop pulse 4 Fwd 9 Rev 5 Start Stop Rev Fwd 6 Start Stop Run enable P1 2 16 Place A 0 00 P1 2 17 Selects the frequency that Reference corresponds to the min reference scaling signal minimum value P1 2 17 Place A 0 00 Selects the frequency that Reference corresponds to the max reference scaling signal maximum value 0 00 No scaling P1 2 18 Place B 0 00 Selects the frequency that Reference corresponds to the min reference scaling signal minimum value P1 2 19 Place B 0 00 Selects the frequency that Reference corresponds to the max reference scaling signal maximum value 0 00 No scaling Rising edge pulse required Place jumpers of block X2 appropriately MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 3 5 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD T
324. ted tightening torque Use a wrench to apply a counter torque when tightening MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 3 3 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Installation Instructions 1 Strip the motor and input power cables as shown in Figure 3 1 and Table 3 7 Ground k A1 C2 E E Power Motor Figure 3 1 Input Power and Motor Cable Stripping and Wire Lengths Cable Stripping Lengths for Power and Motor Cables Table 3 7 Power and Motor Cable Stripping Lengths Product Frame Power Wiring in Inches mm Motor Wiring in Inches mm hp Voltage Size A1 B1 C1 D1 A2 B2 C2 D2 3 4 3 230V FR4 0 59 1 38 0 39 0 79 0 28 1 97 0 28 1 38 1 5 480V 15 35 10 20 7 50 7 35 5 7 1 2 230V FR5 0 79 1 57 0 39 1 18 0 79 2 36 0 39 1 57 7 1 2 15 480V 20 40 10 30 20 60 10 40 10 15 230V FR6 0 79 3 54 0 59 2 36 0 79 3 54 0 59 2 36 20 30 480V 20 90 15 60 20 90 15 60 2 25 575V 20 30 230V FR7 0 98 4 72 0 98 4 72 0 98 4 72 0 98 4 72 40 60 480V 25 120 25 120 25 120 25 120 30 40 575V 75 125 480V FR8 1 10 9 45 1 10 9 45 1 10 9 45 1 10 9 45 50 75 575V 28 240 28 240 28 240 28 240 150 200 480V FR9
325. ter 4 e e e ej ele eje eje eje 4 2 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given by ID number in Chapter 8 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust User s customized setting ID D number of the parameter for reference to Chapter 8 Parameter value can only be changed when the SVX9000 is stopped Programmed using terminal to function TTF method See Page 6 3 Basic Parameters M1 G1 1 Table 4 2 Basic Parameters M1 G1 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 P1 1 2 Max frequency P1 1 1 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 NOTE If fmax gt the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P1 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0
326. ther a voltage or a current signal via analog input terminals 2 3 or 4 5 The other analog inputs can be programmed for other purposes All outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Two sets of ramp times and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One skip frequency area Programmable V Hz curve and switching frequency Auto restart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault Details of the parameters shown in this section are available in Chapter 8 of this Manual listed by parameter ID number MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 4 1 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Control Input Output Table 4 1 Multi Step Speed Control Application Default I O Configuration Remote reference pot 1 10 KQ Terminal Signal Description OPTA9 1 10Vret Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc H 2 Al1 Analog input voltage range Basic reference programmable 0 10V DC 3
327. time set by parameter ID718 0 No automatic restart after an Underload fault trip s0 Number of automatic restarts after an Underload fault trip 739 Number of PT100 inputs in use 567 P1 7 24 If a PT 100 input board is installed in the SVX9000 this sets the number of PT100 inputs in use See the 9000X Option Board User Manual Note If the selected value is greater than the actual number of PT100 inputs being used the display will read 200 C If the input is short circuited the displayed value is 30 C 740 Response to PT100 fault 567 P1 7 25 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting 741 PT100 warning limit 567 P1 7 26 Set here the limit at which the PT 100 warning will be activated 742 PT100 fault limit 567 P1 7 27 Set here the limit at which the PT100 fault F56 will be activated MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 69 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 850 Fieldbus reference minimum 6 2 9 1 scaling 851 Fieldbus reference maximum 6 2 9 2 scaling Use these two parameters to scale the fieldbus reference signal Setting value limits 0 par ID850 lt ID851 lt ID102 If ID851 O custom scaling is not used and the minimum and ma
328. timeout of the Keypad acknowledgement time Note If the SVX9000 has been connected to a PC with a serial cable the default values of Keypad Acknowledge Timeout and Number of Retries to Receive Keypad Acknowledgement must not be changed If the SVX9000 has been connected to a PC via a modem and there is delay in transferring messages the value of Keypad Acknowledge Timeout must be set according to the delay as follows Example e Transfer delay between the SVX9000 and the PC is found to be 600 ms e The value of Keypad Acknowledge Timeout is set to 1200 ms 2 x 600 sending delay receiving delay e The corresponding setting is then entered in the Misc section of the file 9000XDrive ini Retries 5 AckTimeOut 1200 TimeOut 5000 It must also be considered that intervals shorter than the Keypad Acknowledge Timeout time cannot be used in SVX9000 drive monitoring 5 14 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 P5 7 4 Range 1 10 Default 5 Number of KEYPAD RETRY Retriesto with this parameter you can set the number of times the drive will try to receive an Receive acknowledgement when it has not been received within the acknowledgement time Keypad Keypad
329. tion bus fault communication bus master and the f installation is correct contact your communication bus board has failed Cutler Hammer distributor 54 Slot fault Defective option board or slot Check that the board is properly installed and seated in slot If the installation is correct contact your Cutler Hammer distributor 56 PT100 board Temperature limit values set for the Determine the cause of the high temperature fault PT100 board parameters have been temperature exceeded For more information visit www eatonelectrical com For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com MN04003002E E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drives Application Manual Supersedes October 2003 April 2004 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Important Notice Please Read The product discussed in this literature is subject to terms and conditions outlined in Eaton Electrical Inc selling policies The sole source governing the rights and remedies of any purchaser of th
330. tion Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 463 Analog input supervision limit 67 P1 3 3 22 P1 3 1 22 The selected analog input signal is beyond the set supervision limits see ID372 ID373 and ID374 4642 Analog output 1 signal 234567 P1 3 1 P1 3 5 1 P1 3 3 1 selection Connect the A01 signal to the analog output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see Page 6 3 4712 Analog output 2 signal 234567 P1 3 12 P1 3 22 P1 3 6 1 P1 3 4 1 selection Connect the AO2 signal to the analog output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see Page 6 3 472 Analog output 2 function 234567 P1 3 13 P1 3 23 P1 3 6 2 P1 3 4 2 473 Analog output 2 filter time 234567 P1 3 14 P1 3 24 P1 3 6 3 P1 3 4 3 474 Analog output 2 inversion 234567 P1 3 15 P1 3 25 P1 3 6 4 P1 3 4 4 475 Analog output 2 minimum 234567 P1 3 16 P1 3 26 P1 3 6 5 P1 3 4 5 476 Analog output 2 scaling 234567 P1 3 17 P1 3 27 P1 3 6 6 P1 3 4 6 For more information on these five parameters see the corresponding parameters for the analog output 1 ID307 to ID311 477 Analog output 2 offset 67 P1 3 6 7 P1 3 4 7 Add 100 0 to 100 096 to the analog output 478 Analog output 3 signal 67 P1 3 7 1 P1 3 5 1 selection See ID464 479 Analog output 3 function 67 P1 3 7 2 P1 3 5 2 See ID307 480 Analog output 3 filter time 67 P1 3 7 3 P 1 3 5 3
331. trical com 8 49 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 493 Adjust input 6 P1 2 1 4 With this parameter you can select the signal according to which the frequency reference to the motor is fine adjusted 0 Not used 1 Analog input 1 2 Analog input 2 3 Analog input 3 4 Analog input 4 5 Signal from fieldbus FBProcessDatalN 494 Adjust minimum 6 P1 2 1 5 495 Adjust maximum 6 P1 2 1 6 These parameters define the minimum and maximum of adjusted signals See Figure 8 41 Adjust f Hz Maximum Adjusted ID495 10 44 Hz Adjust 096 40 Hz 36 Hz Sana Minimum ID494 10 Analog Input Figure 8 41 An Example of Adjust Input 496 Parameter Set 1 Set 2 selection 6 P1 2 7 20 With this parameter you can select between Parameter Set 1 and Set 2 The input for this function can be selected from any slot The procedure of selecting between the sets is explained in the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 5 System Menu S5 3 Digital input FALSE The active set is saved to set 2 Set 1 is loaded as the active set Digital input 2 TRUE The active set is saved to set 1 Set2 is loaded as the active set Note The parameter values can be changed in the active set only 8 50 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E F
332. ture 9 Calculated motor temperature V7 11 V mA Analog input Al1 V7 12 Analog input 2 VimA 14 Analog input AI2 V7 13 Digital input status V7 14 DIN4 DIN5 DING 16 Digital input status V7 15 mA 26 Analog output AO1 V7 16 Analog input 3 V mA 27 Analog input Al3 V7 17 Analog input Al4 V7 18 Torque reference 18 V7 19 PT100temperature C 42 Highest temperature of PT100 inputs needs option board OPTB8 G7 20 Multimonitor Displays three selectable monitoring values MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 6 23 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Operate Menu M8 The Operate Menu provides an easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items It also allows the setting of the keypad frequency reference See Chapter 5 of the SVX9000 User Manual for more information Table 6 26 Operate Menu Items Code Parameter Unit Description 0 1 Output frequency Hz Output frequency to motor 0 2 Frequency reference Hz Frequency 0 3 Calculated motor speed in rpm 0 4 Motor current A Motor current 0 5 Calculated torque as a percentage of nominal torque 0 6 Motor power Calculated motor shaft power Ov V Calculated motor voltage O 8 DC Bus voltage V DC Bus voltage O 9 C Heatsink temperatu
333. uency limits of the SVX9000 The maximum value for these parameters is 320 Hz The software will automatically check the values of parameters ID105 ID106 ID315 and ID728 Acceleration time 1 P1 3 P1 1 3 Deceleration time 1 P1 4 P1 1 4 These limits correspond to the time required for the output frequency to accelerate from the zero frequency to the set maximum frequency parameter ID102 Preset speed 1 1246 P1 20 P1 1 15 P1 1 16 Preset speed 2 1246 P1 21 P1 1 16 P1 1 17 Parameter values are automatically limited between the minimum and maximum frequencies parameter ID101 ID102 Note the use of the TTF programming method in the Multi purpose Control Application See parameters ID419 ID420 and ID421 Table 8 1 Preset Speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Speed select 1 DIN4 select 2 DIN5 Basic speed 0 0 ID105 1 0 ID106 0 1 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 8 1 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 107 Current limit P1 5 P1 1 5 This parameter determines the maximum motor current from the SVX9000 The parameter value range differs for each power rating 108 V Hz ratio selection 234567 P1 6 3 Linear 0 The voltage of the motor changes linearly with the frequency in the c
334. ult Codes high limit due to e too short a deceleration time e high voltage levels or surges in the utility supply Fault Code Fault Possible Cause Solution 1 Overcurrent The SVX9000 has detected a high Check loading current gt 4xln in its output due to Check motor e sudden heavy load increase Check cables e short in the motor e short in the cables to the motor e unsuitable motor 2 Overvoltage The DC link voltage has exceeded its Make the deceleration time longer Use a chopper and brake resistor standard on some models available as an option on others Correct utility supply voltage level is too high Add input impedance to limit surges 3 Ground Earth Fault Current sensing indicates that the sum of motor phase currents is not zero e insulation failure in motor or motor cables Check the motor and motor cables Charging Switch The charging switch was open when the START command was been given due to e faulty operation e component failure Reset the fault and restart Should the fault re occur contact your Cutler Hammer distributor Emergency stop An Emergency stop signal was received from one of the digital inputs Determine the reason for the Emergency stop and remedy it Saturation trip e defective component e motor or motor cable short Cannot be reset from the keypad Switch off power If this fault appears simultaneously with Fault 1
335. um P2331 GED G eg P233 ED 0 cD P2331 GED A Al Ref Faul Warn DigOUT A T gt Al Ref Faul Warn BP Al Ref Faul Warn DigOUT 0 0 gt enter J DigOUT 0 0 Figure 6 2 Defining Input Output Values Defining a Terminal for a Certain Function with the 9000X Drive Programming Tool If you use the 9000X Drive Programming Tool for parametizing you would establish the connection between the function and input output in the same way as with the control panel Just pick the address code from the drop down menu in the Va ue column see Figure 6 3 LOADED Compare 6225 ANALOG INPUT 4 BANA HP Pad Ind DEBT BROUT OT ROUTE 10 He ault Inverte igl 0 igl 0 1 Dig E FS G 230UTPUT SIGNALS 31 5 Waming DigQUT 0 1 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 EO G 2 3 1 DIG OUT SIGNALS 3 1 6 Extemal Fault DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 B P231 1 Ready gt 2 3 1 7 _ Al Ref Faul wam Pe Ll DigQUT 0 1 DigQUT E 10 B P23 1 2 Run B P 23 1 3 Fault B P 2 3 1 4 Fault Inverted B P231 5 Waming B P231 9 Reserved B P231 10 Direct Differenc B P2 3 1 11 At Ref Speed B P23 112Jogging Speed B P231 13ExContol Place B P231 14 Ext Brake Contrl B P231 15 ExtBrakeCtrl Inv B P231 16 FreqQut SupvLim1 B P231 17 Freq ut SupvLim2 B P23118ReflimSupev Yl Figure 6 3 Screenshot of the 9000X Programming Tool Entering the Address Code
336. um setting P1 2 2 6 Al1 signal 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 323 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Place jumpers of block X2 appropriately Table 7 5 Analog Input 2 M1 3 G1 2 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 3 12 AI2 signal AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN A 2 388 selection P1 2 3 2 Al2 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 329 0 No filtering P1 2 3 3 Al2 signal range 0 0 0 100 1 20 10096 2 Custom range P1 2 3 4 AI2 custom minimum setting P1 2 3 5 AI2 custom maximum setting P1 2 3 6 Al2 signal 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Place jumpers of block X2 appropriately MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 7 13 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Table 7 6 Analog Input 3 M1 3 G1 2 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 4 12 AIS signal AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN 0 1 141 selection P1 2 4 2 Al3 filter time 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 142 0 No filtering P1 2 4 3 Al3 signal range 0 2 0 143 0 0 100 1 20 100 2 Custom range P1 2 4 4 Al3 custom 100 00 100 00 0 00 144 minimum setting P1 2 4 5 AI3 custom 100 00 100 00 100 00 145 maximum setting P1 2 4 6 Al3 si
337. unction you tell the SVX9000 whether the internal brake resistor is Connection connected or not If your drive has an internal brake resistor the default value of this parameter is Connected However if it is necessary to increase braking capacity by installing an external brake resistor or if the internal brake resistor is disconnected it is advisable to change the value of this function to Not Connected in order to avoid unnecessary fault trips Note The brake resistor is available as an option for all drives It can be installed internally in frame sizes FR4 to FR6 P5 7 2 Range Continuous Temperature Default Continuous Fan Control FAN CONTROL This function sets the control method of the SVX9000 s cooling fan You can set the fan to run continuously when the power is switched on or to run based on the temperature of the unit If the latter function has been selected the fan is switched on automatically when the heatsink temperature reaches 60 C The fan receives a stop command when the heatsink temperature falls to 55 C The fan runs for about a minute after receiving the stop command or switching on the power as well as after changing the value from Continuous to Temperature Note The fan runs continuously regardless of this setting when the SVX9000 is in RUN state P5 7 3 Range 200 5 000 Default 200 Keypad Units mseconds Acknowledge KEYPAD ALK TIMEOUT Timeout This function allows the user to change the
338. up to 30 hp CT are only available with Brake Chopper Option B 480V Drives 40 hp CT and larger come with Brake Chopper Option N as standard 230V Drives up to 15 hp CT are only available with Brake Chopper Option B 230V Drives 20 hp CT or larger come with Brake Chopper Option N as standard 480V Drives 250 hp 300 hp and 350 hp CT are only available with Enclosure Style 0 Chassis 1 2 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 DERI ERES Chapter 2 Mounting The SVX9000 drive may be mounted side by side or stacked vertically as outlined in the following section Space Requirements To ensure proper air circulation and cooling follow the guidelines below Table 2 1 Space Requirements for Mounting a SVX9000 Drive Dimensions in Inches mm Frame Drive Type A A3 B C D 4 230V 1 3 hp VT 3 4 3 hp CT 0 8 0 8 3 9 100 2 0 480V 1 5 hp CT 1 1 2 7 1 2 hp VT 20 20 50 5 230V 5 10 hp VT 5 7 1 2 hp CT 1 2 0 8 4 7 120 2 4 480V 7 1 2 15 hp CT 10 20 hp VT 30 20 60 6 230V 15 20 hp VT 10 15 hp CT 1 2 0 8 6 3 160 3 1 480V 20 30 hp CT 25 40 hp VT 30 20 80 575V 2 25 hp CT 3 30 hp VT 7 230V 25 40 hp VT
339. uration Terminal Signal Description Reference potentiometer 0 1 10 kQ PTAS 1 10Vre Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al1 Analog input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference NEL 0 10V DC 3 Al1 I O Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analog input current range Current input frequency reference Actual value ael a 0 20 mA I 5 Al2 0 4 20mAp 4 6 24V e Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A o a a ee ee I 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls P 4 8 DIN1 Start Stop Control place A Contact closed start d P 4 PID controller Jr 0 4dH 9 DIN2 External fault input Contact open no fault P d programmable Contact closed fault CE CM AN 10 DIN3 Fault reset Contact closed fault reset programmable 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see terminal 6 Pa 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls di ana G DIN4 Start Stop Control place B Contact closed start direct frequency reference P d 15 DIN5 Jog speed selection Contact closed jog speed active Cara te i programmable P s 16 DIN6 Control place A B selection Contact open control place A is acti
340. utput status V7 16 Analog lout mA 26 Analog output AO1 G7 17 HTML Displays three selectable monitoring values MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 4 13 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Operate Menu M8 The Operate Menu provides an easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items It also allows the setting of the keypad frequency reference See Chapter 5 of the SVX9000 User Manual for more information Table 4 12 Operate Menu Items Code Parameter Unit Description 0 1 Output frequency Hz Output frequency to motor 0 2 Frequency reference Hz Frequency 0 3 Calculated motor speed in rpm 0 4 Motor current A Motor current 0 5 Calculated torque as a percentage of nominal torque 0 6 Motor power Calculated motor shaft power Ov V Calculated motor voltage O 8 DC Bus voltage V DC Bus voltage O 9 8C Heatsink temperature O 10 Motor temperature Calculated motor temperature R1 Hz Keypad frequency reference setting 4 14 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Applicatio
341. values P1 6 10 Overvoltage 0 2 1 607 0 Notused controller 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping P1 6 11 Undervoltage 0 1 1 608 0 Not used controller 1 Used P1 6 12 Motor control 0 2 2 521 0 Frequency control mode 2 1 Speed control 2 Torque control P1 6 13 Speed controller 0 32767 3000 637 P gain open loop P1 6 14 Speed controller 0 32767 300 638 gain open loop P1 6 15 Load Drooping 0 00 100 00 0 01 620 Drooping of nominal speed at nominal torque P1 6 16 Identification 0 2 0 631 0 Not used 1 OL V Hz Ratio 2 OL V Hz Boost 6 18 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Protections M1 gt G1 7 Table 6 20 Protections M1 3 G1 7 SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 1 Response to 0 5 0 700 0 No response 4 mA reference 1 Warning fault 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Warning Preset Freq P1 7 2 4 Fault stop per P1 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 2 4 mA reference 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 728 fault frequency P1 7 3 Response to 0 3 2 701 0 No response external fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop per P1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P
342. ve DES MEE ELS Contact closed control place B is active 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DING Connect to GND or 24V 118 A01 Output frequency Programmable ma MET AO1 Analog output Range 0 20 mA RL max 5009 READY 6 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector lt 50 mA V lt 48V DC OPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable RUN L ag RO1 RUN duo enter es H 2 o 24 RO2 Relay output 2 Programmable 25 RO2 yy FAULT i n Note For more information on jumper selections see the SVX9000 User Manual Chapter 4 Jumper Block X3 CMB connected to GND CMA and CMB CMA connected to GND Grounding ele CMB isolated from GND ele CMA isolated from GND eje CMB and CMA internally connected e e together isolated from GND Factory default 7 2 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com ETN Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 230V AC 1 22 24V DC OPTA2 25 RE 12 e9 DIN2 dia DIN3 10 23 N 26 1 L l Autom 0 Mains Autom Mains N 4 E N si N7 V sa N7 K2 K1 K2 VA K2 F K1 1 ra K1 ra K2 1 Pa K2 A K1 K1 1 K2 K2 1 M1 SVX9000 M1 Mains M2 SVX9000 M2 Mains Figure 7 1
343. ve 1 Stop frequency P1 9 3 and starts to rise toward the Start frequency of Auxiliary drive 2 if needed 4 The Auxiliary drive 2 starts when the main drive has reached the starting frequency set P1 9 4 5 The Interlock feedback is removed from Auxiliary drive 2 Because the Auxiliary drive 3 is unused it will be started to replace the removed Auxiliary drive 2 6 The SVX9000 increases speed to maximum because no more auxiliary drives are available 7 The removed Auxiliary drive 2 is reconnected and placed last in the auxiliary drive start order which now is 1 3 2 The SVX9000 decreases speed to the set Stop frequency The auxiliary drive start order will be updated either immediately or in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc according to P1 9 23 8 If still more power is needed the SVX9000 speed rises up to the maximum frequency placing 10096 of the output power at the system s disposal When the need of power decreases the auxiliary drives turn off in the opposite order 2 3 1 after the update 3 2 1 Pump and fan automatics with interlocks and autochange The above is also applicable if the autochange function is used In addition to the changed and updated start order also the change order of main drives depends on P1 9 23 MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 7 7 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd
344. visit www eatonelectrical com 4 1 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer Control Wiring Guidelines Wire the control terminals using the following guidelines e The control wires shall be at least AWG 20 0 5 mm shielded cables April 2004 e The maximum wire size is AWG 14 2 5 mm for the relay terminals and AWG 16 1 5 mm for all other terminals e Thetightening torques for the option board terminals are listed in Table 4 1 Table 4 1 Tightening Torques of Terminals Tightening Torque Terminal Screw in Ibs Nm Relay and thermistor terminals 4 5 0 5 M3 screw Other terminals M2 6 screw 2 2 0 25 Control Wiring Instructions Table 4 2 Control Wiring Instructions 1 Unlock the bottom cover by turning the locking screw 90 degrees counterclockwise 2 Remove the bottom cover by rotating the cover towards you on the base hinges then lifting the cover away from the base 4 2 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 MN04003002E e www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual April 2004 Table 4 2 Control Wiring Instructions Continued 3 Wire the co
345. voltage O 8 DC Bus voltage V DC Bus voltage O 9 Heatsink temperature 0 10 Motor temperature Calculated motor temperature R1 Hz Keypad frequency reference setting MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 2 11 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 2 12 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 aaa Chapter 3 Local Remote Application Introduction The Local Remote Control Application of the Cutler Hammer SVX9000 drive by Eaton Electrical provides for two different control places For each control place the frequency reference can be selected from either the control keypad the I O terminals or the communication bus fieldbus The active control place is selected by digital input DING All outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Two sets of ramp times and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One skip frequency area Program
346. voltage 0 00 40 00 96 0 00 606 n x VnMotor at zero frequency P1 6 9 Switching 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 See Table 8 12 for exact frequency values P1 6 10 Overvoltage 0 2 1 607 0 Notused controller 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping P1 6 11 Undervoltage 0 1 1 608 0 Not used controller 1 Used P1 6 12 Load Drooping 0 00 100 00 0 01 620 Drooping of nominal speed at nominal torque P1 6 13 Identification 0 2 0 631 0 Not used 1 OL V Hz Ratio 2 OL V Hz Boost 4 10 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 Protections M1 gt G1 7 Table 4 8 Protections M1 gt G1 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 1 Response to 0 5 0 700 0 No response 4 mA reference 1 Warning fault 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Wrng Preset Freq P1 7 2 4 Fault stop per P1 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 2 4 mA reference 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 728 fault frequency P1 7 3 Response to 0 3 2 701 0 No response external fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop per P1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 4 Input phase 0 3 0 730 See P1 7 3 supervision P1 7 5 Response to 0 1 0 727 0 Fault
347. wser buttons See Figure 5 5 The active faults memory can store the maximum of 10 faults in the sequential order of appearance The fault remains active until it is cleared with either the STOP or RESET buttons or with a reset signal from the I O terminal Upon fault reset the display will be cleared and will return to the same state it was before the fault trip G aG FAUT qm 51 ExtFault F TiTa Figure 5 5 Active Fault Display Example A CAUTION Remove any External Start signals or permissives before resetting the fault to prevent an unintentional restart of the SVX9000 which could result in personal injury or equipment damage MN04003002E For more information visit www eatonelectrical com 5 7 For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Fault Type Range A F AR FT FRULT TYPE There are four different types of faults These faults and their definitions are given in Table 5 4 Table 5 4 Fault Types Fault Type Fault Name Description A Alarm This type of fault is a sign of an unusual operating condition It does not cause the drive to stop nor does it require any special actions The A fault remains in the display for about 30 seconds F Fault An F fault is a kind of fault that makes the drive stop
348. ww walkeremd com SVX9000 AF Drive User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer April 2004 Environmental Requirements Ensure that the environment meets the requirements listed in Table A 1 of Appendix A for any storage or operating situation Table 2 2 specifies the minimum airflow required in the area where the drive will be mounted Table 2 2 Cooling Airflow Requirements Drive Type Cooling Air Required 230V 3 4 3 hp CT 41 cfm 70 m3 h 480V 1 5 hp CT 230V 5 7 1 2 hp CT 112 cfm 190 m3 h 480V 7 1 2 15 hp CT 230V 10 15 hp CT 250 cfm 425 m3 h 480V 20 30 hp CT 575V 2 2b hp CT 230V 20 30 hp CT 250 cfm 425 m3 h 480V 40 60 hp CT 575V 30 40 hp CT 480V 75 125 hp CT 383 cfm 650 m3 h 575V 60 75 hp CT 480V 150 200 hp CT 765 cfm 1300 m3 h 575V 100 150 hp CT Standard Mounting Instructions 1 Measure the mounting space to ensure that it allows for the minimum space surrounding the drive Drive dimensions are in Appendix A 2 Make sure the mounting surface is flat and strong enough to support the drive is not flammable and is not subject to excessive motion or vibration 3 Ensure that the minimum airflow requirements for your drive are met at the mounting location 4 Mark the location of the mounting holes on the mounting surface using the template provided on the cover of the cardboard shipping package 5 Using fasteners appropriate to your drive and
349. ximum frequencies are used for scaling The scaling functions as illustrated in Figure 8 10 See Page A 4 Note Using this custom scaling function also affects the scaling of the actual value 852 Fieldbus data out selections 6 P1 9 3 to P1 9 10 to 1 to8 859 Using these you can observe any monitored item or parameter from the fieldbus Enter the ID number of the item you wish to observe for its value See Page A 4 Some typical values Table 8 13 Typical Monitored Items Item Description Item Description 1 Output frequency 15 Digital inputs 1 2 3 status 2 Motor speed 16 Digital inputs 4 5 6 status 3 Motor current 17 Digital and relay output status 4 Motor torque 25 Frequency reference 5 Motor power 26 Analog output current 6 Motor voltage 27 Al3 7 DC link voltage 28 Al4 8 Unit temperature 31 AO1 expander board 9 Motor temperature 32 AO2 expander board 13 Al1 37 Active fault 1 14 Al2 8 70 For more information visit www eatonelectrical com MN04003002E For Sales and Support Contact Walker EMD Toll free 800 876 4444 Tel 203 426 7700 Fax 203 426 7800 www walkeremd com E T N Cutler Hammer SVX9000 AF Drive Application Manual April 2004 1001 Number of auxiliary drives 7 P1 9 1 With this parameter the number of auxiliary drives in use will be defined The functions controlling the auxiliary drives parameters ID458 to ID462 can be programmed

SVX9000 AF Drives Volume Contents SVX9000

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents